WO2021159419A1 - Information transmission method and related apparatus - Google Patents

Information transmission method and related apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021159419A1
WO2021159419A1 PCT/CN2020/075152 CN2020075152W WO2021159419A1 WO 2021159419 A1 WO2021159419 A1 WO 2021159419A1 CN 2020075152 W CN2020075152 W CN 2020075152W WO 2021159419 A1 WO2021159419 A1 WO 2021159419A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
uplink signal
pucch
information
signal
group index
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/075152
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
陈文洪
林亚男
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority to CN202080028294.2A priority Critical patent/CN113678558B/en
Priority to PCT/CN2020/075152 priority patent/WO2021159419A1/en
Publication of WO2021159419A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021159419A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to an information transmission method and related devices.
  • the backhaul connection between TRPs can be ideal or non-ideal.
  • TRPs can exchange information quickly and dynamically.
  • TRPs Under non-ideal backhaul, TRPs can only exchange information quasi-statically due to the large delay.
  • multiple TRPs can use different control channels to independently schedule multiple Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) transmissions of a terminal, or the same control channel can be used to schedule transmissions of different TRPs.
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • the data of different TRPs use different transmission layers, and the latter can only be used in the case of ideal backhaul.
  • the PUSCH and/or Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) sent to different TRP transmissions need to be transmitted at different times. If the PUSCH and/or PUCCH sent to different TRPs overlap with another PUCCH at the same time, the terminal cannot determine how to transmit these uplink signals.
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • the embodiments of the present application provide an information transmission method and related devices to solve the problem that when the PUSCH and/or PUCCH of different TRPs overlap with another PUCCH in time, the terminal device cannot determine how to transmit these uplink signals. Improve the efficiency of information transmission and save channel resources.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an information transmission method, which is applied to a terminal device, and the method includes:
  • the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is PUSCH.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an information transmission method, which is applied to a network device, and the method includes:
  • the configuration information is used to configure the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are not at the same time as the first uplink signal.
  • One PUCCH overlaps in time domain.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an information transmission device, which is applied to a terminal, and the device includes a processing unit and a communication unit, where:
  • the processing unit is configured to determine that the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal are both overlapped with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH.
  • the transmission mode of at least one of the signals, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is PUSCH.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an information transmission device, which is applied to a network device, and the device includes a processing unit and a communication unit, wherein:
  • the processing unit is configured to send first configuration information, second configuration information, and third configuration information to the terminal, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink signal, and the second configuration information is used to configure a second Uplink signal, the third configuration information is used to configure the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal The signal does not overlap with the first PUCCH time domain at the same time.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal, including a processor, a memory, a communication interface, and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and are configured by The processor executes, and the program includes instructions for executing the steps in any method of the first aspect of the embodiments of the present application.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a network device, including a processor, a memory, a communication interface, and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and are configured by The processor executes, and the program includes instructions for executing the steps in any method in the second aspect of the embodiments of the present application.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes the first aspect or the second aspect of the embodiment of the present application.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program causes the computer to execute the For example, part or all of the steps described in any method of the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program, wherein the computer program is operable to cause a computer to execute some or all of the steps described in any method of the first aspect or the second aspect of the embodiment of the present application .
  • the computer program may be a software installation package.
  • the terminal device determines that when the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal And the transmission mode of at least one of the second uplink signal, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes.
  • At least one of the two uplink signals is PUSCH.
  • the network device sends first configuration information, second configuration information, and third configuration information to the terminal, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink signal, and the second configuration information is used to configure a second uplink signal.
  • the third configuration information is used to configure the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are not at the same time as the same.
  • the first PUCCH overlaps in the time domain
  • the resource scheduling of the base station is used to solve the resource conflict between the PUCCH and the PUSCH and/or PUCCH of different TRPs at the same time, so as to solve the situation that the terminal needs to discard the uplink information as much as possible, and also reduces the terminal information
  • the processing complexity of multiplexing is used to solve the resource conflict between the PUCCH and the PUSCH and/or PUCCH of different TRPs at the same time, so as to solve the situation that the terminal needs to discard the uplink information as much as possible, and also reduces the terminal information The processing complexity of multiplexing.
  • FIG. 1A is a system architecture diagram of information transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1B is a schematic diagram of a downlink non-coherent transmission based on multiple PDCCHs according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 1C is a schematic diagram of a downlink non-coherent transmission based on multiple PDCCHs according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 1D is a schematic diagram of a single PDCCH-based downlink non-coherent transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 1E is a schematic diagram of two PUSCHs and one PUCCH overlapping in time domain according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2A is a schematic flowchart of an information transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 2B is a schematic diagram of multiplexing a first uplink signal and a first PUCCH in a first PUCCH according to an embodiment of this application;
  • 2C is a schematic diagram of multiplexing a first uplink signal and a first PUCCH in a first uplink signal according to an embodiment of this application;
  • 2D is a schematic diagram of multiplexing a first uplink signal and a first PUCCH in a first uplink signal according to an embodiment of this application;
  • 2E is a schematic diagram of transmitting a first uplink signal and a second uplink signal according to an embodiment of this application;
  • 2F is a schematic diagram of a terminal device multiplexing and transmitting the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of an information transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a block diagram of functional units of an information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 7 is a block diagram of functional units of an information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to an exemplary communication system 100 as shown in FIG. 1A.
  • the exemplary communication system 100 includes a terminal 110 and a network device 120, and the terminal 110 is in communication connection with the network device 120.
  • the example communication system 100 may be, for example, a Non-Terrestrial Network (NTN) system, a global system for mobile communications (GSM) system, and a code division multiple access (CDMA) system.
  • NTN Non-Terrestrial Network
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA Wideband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE frequency division duplex frequency division duplex
  • FDD LTE time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • 5G future Generation
  • 5G future Generation
  • NR new radio
  • the terminal 110 in the embodiment of the present application may refer to user equipment, access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or User device.
  • the terminal can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), and a wireless communication function Handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, relay devices, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminals in the future 5G network, or public land mobile network (PLMN) that will evolve in the future This is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the network device 120 in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with a terminal, and the network device may be a global system for mobile communications (GSM) system or code division multiple access (CDMA)
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • the base transceiver station (BTS) in the LTE system can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolved base station (evoledNodeB) in the LTE system.
  • NodeB, NB base station
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • evoledNodeB evolved base station
  • ENB or eNodeB it can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay device, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and The network equipment in the future 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, one or a group of (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in the 5G system, or it can also be a network that constitutes a gNB or transmission point A node, such as a baseband unit (BBU), or a distributed unit (DU), etc., is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • BBU baseband unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • the CU implements some of the functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some of the functions of the gNB.
  • the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU is responsible for processing the physical layer protocol and real-time services, and realizes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer, and the physical (PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • AAU realizes some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU , Or, sent by DU+AAU.
  • the network device may be a device that includes one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal 110 or the network device 120 includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory).
  • the operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating systems, Unix operating systems, Android operating systems, iOS operating systems, or windows operating systems.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application can be provided in accordance with the embodiments of the application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal, or a functional module in the terminal that can call and execute the program.
  • the terminal can use an analog beam to transmit uplink data and uplink control information.
  • the terminal may perform uplink beam management based on a sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) signal, so as to determine the analog beam used for uplink transmission.
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • the network may configure SRS sounding reference signal resource set 1 for the terminal, and the set includes N SRS resources (N>1).
  • the terminal may use different beams to transmit the N SRS resources, and the network equipment measures the reception quality of the N SRS resources respectively, and selects the K SRS resources with the best reception quality.
  • the network device may further configure an SRS resource set 2, which includes K SRS resources, and make the terminal use the analog beams used by the K SRS resources selected in the set 1 to transmit the SRS resources in the set 2. This can be achieved by configuring the K SRS resources selected in the set 1 as reference SRS resources of the K SRS resources in the set 2, respectively.
  • the network device can select an SRS resource with the best reception quality, and notify the terminal of the corresponding SRI (SRS Resource Indication).
  • the terminal determines the analog beam used by the SRS resource indicated by the SRI as the analog beam used for transmitting the PUSCH.
  • the SRI is indicated by the SRI indication field in the downlink control information (Downlink control information, DCI), or indicated by the radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) parameter.
  • DCI Downlink control information
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the RRC is used for the PUSCH configured by the RRC. Parameter indication.
  • each PUCCH resource multiple spatial related information (PUCCH-spatialrelationinfo) is configured in RRC signaling, and then the currently used PUCCH-spatialrelationinfo is indicated therefrom through MAC layer signaling.
  • PUCCH-spatialrelationinfo contains a reference signal for determining the transmission beam of the PUCCH.
  • SRS-spatialrelationinfo can also be configured through RRC signaling, which contains a reference signal used to determine the transmission beam of the SRS.
  • non-coherent transmission of downlink and uplink based on multiple TRPs is introduced.
  • the backhaul connection between TRPs can be ideal or non-ideal.
  • TRPs can exchange information quickly and dynamically.
  • TRPs Under non-ideal backhaul, TRPs can only be quasi-static due to the large delay. Conduct information exchange.
  • multiple TRPs can use different control channels to independently schedule multiple PDSCH transmissions of a terminal, or the same control channel can be used to schedule the transmission of different TRPs, and the data of different TRPs use different transmission layers. The latter can only be used in the case of an ideal backhaul.
  • FIG. 1B is a schematic diagram of downlink non-coherent transmission based on multiple PDCCHs.
  • ACK/NACK Acknowledge/Non-Acknowledge
  • CSI Channel State Information
  • the DCI used for scheduling PDSCH transmitted by different TRPs can be carried by different CORESETs, that is, the network device is configured with multiple CORESETs, and each TRP is scheduled with its own CORESET, that is, different TRPs can be distinguished by CORESET.
  • a network device can configure a CORESET group index for each CORESET, and different indexes correspond to different TRPs. When the terminal feeds back the CSI, it needs to feed back the CSI corresponding to each TRP.
  • the CSI includes a Rank Indicator (Rank Indicator, RI), a Precoding Matrix Indicator (Precoding-Matrix Indicator, PMI), a Channel Quality Indicator (Channel-Quality Indicator, CQI), etc., and can be used for scheduling of downlink transmissions of respective TRPs.
  • Rank Indicator Rank Indicator, RI
  • Precoding Matrix Indicator Precoding-Matrix Indicator
  • CQI Channel Quality Indicator
  • FIG. 1D is a schematic diagram of a single PDCCH-based downlink non-coherent transmission provided by this embodiment.
  • the same DCI can schedule multiple transmission layers from different TRPs.
  • the transmission layers from different TRPs use the demodulation reference symbol (Demodulation Reference Symbol, DMRS) ports in different Code-Division Multiplexing (CDM) groups, and use different transmission configuration indicators (Transmission Configuration Indicators, TCI) status.
  • the network equipment needs to indicate in one DCI the DMRS ports from different CDM groups and the TCI states corresponding to different CDM groups, so as to support different DMRS ports to use different beams for transmission.
  • HARQ-ACK feedback and CSI reporting can reuse the mechanisms in the existing protocol. This solution can only be used in scenarios with ideal backhaul.
  • PUSCHs sent to different TRP transmissions need to be transmitted at different times.
  • PUSCHs of different TRPs can be transmitted through two PUCCH resources occupying different Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in one time slot.
  • OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • Figure 1E if the two PUSCHs and another PUCCH overlap in time at the same time, since the terminal does not know which TRP this PUCCH is sent to, it cannot determine which PUSCH this PUCCH should be multiplexed with. Or whether this uplink signal should be transmitted.
  • an embodiment of the present application proposes an information transmission method, which will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
  • FIG. 2A is a schematic flowchart of an information transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in the figure, the method includes:
  • the terminal determines that at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal in the case where the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH
  • the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is PUSCH .
  • the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap the first PUCCH time domain, which means that the first uplink signal and the first PUCCH time domain overlap at least partially, and the second uplink signal also overlaps the first PUCCH time domain. There is at least a partial overlap.
  • the first uplink signal in this embodiment generally refers to one of the two uplink signals overlapping with the first PUCCH in the time domain, and is not a specific uplink signal.
  • the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are not restricted in time sequence. Therefore, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal in the subsequent description can be replaced with each other.
  • the first uplink signal may be PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ or PUCCH carrying SR.
  • the second uplink signal may be PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ or PUCCH carrying SR.
  • At least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is PUSCH.
  • the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are both PUSCH, or the first uplink signal is PUSCH and the second uplink signal is PUCCH, or the first uplink signal is PUCCH and The second uplink signal is PUSCH.
  • the method can be used when the ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network is independent feedback. That is, this method can be described as: in the case that the ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network is independent feedback, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the terminal determines the first The transmission mode of at least one of the PUCCH, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and the At least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is PUSCH.
  • the terminal device determines the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal to solve the problem of PUSCH and/or PUCCH in different TRPs.
  • the terminal device cannot determine how to transmit these uplink signals, which improves the efficiency of information transmission and saves channel resources.
  • the transmission mode of at least one of the two uplink signals includes: determining the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal according to the first information, and the first information includes the following At least one: the index of the CORESET group associated with the first PUCCH; the spatial related information of the first PUCCH; the transmission configuration of the first PUCCH indicates the TCI status; the acknowledgement of the network configuration (Acknowledge Non-Acknowledge) , ACK/NACK) feedback mode.
  • determining the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information may be: determining according to the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH
  • the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal may be determining the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, and the first PUCCH according to the spatial related information of the first PUCCH.
  • the transmission mode of at least one of the uplink signal and the second uplink signal it may be determined that at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal is determined according to the signal type of the first PUCCH.
  • One transmission mode may be based on the transmission configuration of the first PUCCH indicating the TCI status to determine the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal; may be based on The type of information carried by the first PUCCH determines the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal; it may be determined according to the ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network
  • the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal, or the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the transmission method are determined according to any combination of the foregoing information.
  • the transmission mode of at least one of the second uplink signals will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device determines the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information to solve the problem of PUSCH in different TRPs. And/or when the PUCCH and another PUCCH overlap in time at the same time, the terminal device cannot determine how to transmit these uplink signals, which improves the transmission efficiency of uplink control information and saves channel resources.
  • the first information includes a CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH; the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal are determined according to the first information
  • the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH includes: when the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH is the same as the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal, determining that the first PUCCH is multiplexed with the first uplink signal Transmission; and/or, in the case where the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH is different from the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal, it is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal or on a different time domain resource Transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal.
  • the information in the first PUCCH and the information in the first uplink signal may be multiplexed, and then transmitted on the first uplink signal, while the second uplink signal is transmitted on different time domain resources.
  • This method is generally used when the first PUCCH carries less information.
  • the information in the first PUCCH and the information in the first uplink signal can be carried by the first uplink signal.
  • the terminal device multiplexes and transmits the first PUCCH with the PUCCH of the same CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH in the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal. It is assumed that the first PUCCH is here.
  • An uplink signal and the first PUCCH are associated with the same CORESET group index. For example, the CORESET group index (CORESETPoolIndex) associated with the first PUCCH is 0, the CORESET group index (CORESETPoolIndex) associated with the first uplink signal is also 0, and the CORESET group index (CORESETPoolIndex) associated with the second uplink signal is also 0.
  • the terminal device multiplexes the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal for transmission at this time. Further, in the case that the CORESET group index of the second uplink signal and the first PUCCH are different, the terminal device may not transmit the second uplink signal or transmit the first uplink signal on a different time domain resource Signal and the second uplink signal.
  • the terminal multiplexes the uplink signals sent to the same TRP (that is, associated with the same CORESET group index) and transmits the multiplexed information first, so as to avoid discarding as little as possible. Information, save channel resources, and improve information transmission efficiency.
  • the first information includes space-related information of the first PUCCH; the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal are determined according to the first information.
  • At least one transmission mode includes at least one of the following: when the reference source signal indicated by the spatial related information of the first PUCCH is the same as the reference source signal indicated by the spatial related information of the first uplink signal, determining the second A PUCCH is multiplexed with the first uplink signal for transmission; when the reference source signal indicated by the spatial related information of the first PUCCH is the same as the SRS indicated by the SRI information in the DCI scheduling the first uplink signal, it is determined
  • the first PUCCH is multiplexed with the first uplink signal for transmission; when the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the first PUCCH is different from the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the second uplink signal, It is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal or to transmit the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources; the reference source signal
  • the spatial correlation information (Spatial Relation Information) is configured to PUCCH through high-level signaling, and the reference source signal indicated by the spatial correlation information is used to determine the transmission beam corresponding to the PUCCH, and the terminal can send or The beam of the reference source signal is received, and the transmission beam corresponding to the PUCCH is determined.
  • the SRI information in the DCI of the scheduling uplink signal is used to select one SRS resource from a plurality of SRS resources, and the terminal can determine the transmission parameter of the PUSCH according to the SRS resource.
  • At least one transmission mode is specifically: when the reference source signal indicated by the spatial related information of the first PUCCH is the same as the SRS indicated by the SRI information in the DCI scheduling the first uplink signal, determining the first The PUCCH is multiplexed with the first uplink signal for transmission; when the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the first PUCCH is different from the SRS indicated by the SRI information in the DCI scheduling the second uplink signal, it is determined not to Transmitting the second uplink signal or transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources.
  • the first uplink signal is PUSCH and the second uplink signal is PUCCH
  • the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal are determined according to the first information.
  • the transmission mode of at least one of the two uplink signals is specifically: determining when the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the first PUCCH is the same as the SRS indicated by the SRI information in the DCI scheduling the first uplink signal
  • the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal are multiplexed for transmission; when the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the first PUCCH is different from the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the second uplink signal, It is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal or to transmit the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources.
  • the first uplink signal is a PUCCH and the second uplink signal is a PUSCH
  • the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal are determined according to the first information.
  • the transmission mode of at least one of the two uplink signals includes: determining the first PUCCH when the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the first PUCCH is the same as the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the first uplink signal A PUCCH is multiplexed with the first uplink signal for transmission; when the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the first PUCCH is different from the SRS indicated by the SRI information in the DCI scheduling the second uplink signal, it is determined
  • the second uplink signal is not transmitted or the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are transmitted on different time domain resources.
  • the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the first PUCCH is SRS resource 0
  • the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the first uplink signal is also SRS resource 0
  • the second uplink signal The reference source signal indicated by the spatial correlation information of the signal is SRS resource 1.
  • the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the first PUCCH is SRS resource 0
  • the SRI information in the DCI used to schedule the first uplink signal also indicates SRS resource 0.
  • the reference source signal indicated by the spatial related information is SRS resource 1.
  • the terminal multiplexes the uplink signal sent to the same TRP through the space-related information of the first PUCCH, and preferentially transmits the multiplexed information, so as to avoid as little as possible Discard information, improve information transmission efficiency and save resources.
  • the first information includes the TCI status of the first PUCCH; the determining according to the first information is at least among the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal
  • One transmission method includes: when the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first PUCCH is the same as the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first uplink signal, the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal Signal multiplexing transmission; and/or, when the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first PUCCH is different from the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal is not transmitted or Transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources.
  • the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status may be used to determine the transmission beam corresponding to the uplink signal, and may also be used to determine other information corresponding to the uplink signal, such as timing information.
  • the terminal may determine the sending beam corresponding to the uplink signal according to the beam for sending or receiving the reference source signal.
  • the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first PUCCH is CSI-RS resource 0
  • the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first uplink signal is also CSI-RS resource 0 and the 2.
  • the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the uplink signal is SRS resource 0.
  • the PUSCH and the first uplink signal are multiplexed for transmission.
  • the terminal multiplexes the uplink signal sent to the same TRP through the TCI state of the first PUCCH, and transmits the multiplexed information first, so as to avoid discarding as little as possible. Information, improve the efficiency of information transmission and save channel resources.
  • the multiplexing and transmission of the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal may include: after multiplexing the first PUCCH and the information carried by the first uplink signal, The multiplexed information is transmitted in the first PUCCH or the first uplink signal.
  • the terminal multiplexes the first uplink signal and the information carried in the first PUCCH, which may be channel coding after concatenating the information carried in the first uplink signal and the information carried in the first PUCCH .
  • the first uplink signal is the second PUCCH
  • the multiplexed information is transmitted on the PUCCH or the third PUCCH.
  • the terminal may also transmit multiplexed uplink information on the third PUCCH
  • the fourth PUCCH may be a PUCCH resource specifically used for multiplexing and transmitting multiple uplink control information configured by the network.
  • the first PUCCH is a PUCCH that carries CSI
  • the first uplink signal is a second PUCCH that carries HARQ-ACK
  • the second uplink signal is a PUSCH.
  • the first PUCCH is a PUCCH that carries SR
  • the first uplink signal is a second PUCCH that carries CSI
  • the second uplink signal is a PUSCH
  • the terminal can send the SR After being multiplexed with the CSI, it is transmitted in the first uplink signal.
  • the terminal can still transmit the second uplink signal on other time domain resources, that is, the second PUCCH and the PUSCH are uploaded and transmitted on different time domain resources.
  • the first uplink signal is the PUSCH
  • the multiplexed data is transmitted on the PUSCH , Simultaneously transmitting the second uplink signal on different time domain resources.
  • the second uplink signal may be PUCCH or PUSCH.
  • the PUSCH may be a PUSCH scheduled by DCI, or may also be a PUSCH scheduled by RRC.
  • the PUSCH scheduled by the RRC is a type 1 configured PUSCH (type 1 configured grant PUSCH), the transmission parameters of the PUSCH are configured by RRC, and transmission resources appear periodically, and the period is configured by RRC.
  • the first PUCCH carries CSI
  • the first uplink signal is the first PUSCH
  • the second uplink signal is the second PUSCH.
  • the terminal may combine the CSI in the first PUCCH with After the data in the first PUSCH is multiplexed, it is transmitted on the first PUSCH. At this time, the terminal may still transmit the second uplink signal on other time domain resources, that is, transmit the first PUSCH and the second PUSCH on different time domain resources.
  • the terminal multiplexes the information in the first PUCCH with the first uplink signal to avoid discarding information as much as possible, improving the efficiency of information transmission and saving channel resources.
  • the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal is specifically: transmitting the first uplink signal on different time domain resources And the second uplink signal, the first PUCCH is not transmitted.
  • the application scenarios of the method in this example include but are not limited to: the first PUCCH carries more information or the priority of the information carried by the second uplink signal is higher than the information carried by the first PUCCH.
  • the second uplink signal carries HARQ-ACK, or SR, or more important CSI.
  • the first uplink signal can carry The information is limited, and the terminal cannot multiplex the information in the first PUCCH into the first uplink signal.
  • the first PUCCH carries CSI
  • the first uplink signal is the second PUCCH carrying HARQ-ACK
  • the second uplink signal is the PUSCH carrying aperiodic CSI.
  • the priority of the second PUCCH and the PUSCH are both higher than the first PUCCH, and the CSI in the first PUCCH cannot be multiplexed onto the second PUCCH, the terminal can only abandon the first PUCCH and only transmit the first uplink Signal and the second uplink signal.
  • the first information includes the ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network; the first information is determined to be at least among the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal.
  • One transmission method includes: when the ACK/NACK feedback mode is joint feedback, determining to multiplex the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the information carried by the first PUCCH, in the same Transmission on one PUSCH; and/or, when the ACK/NACK feedback mode is independent feedback, determine the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal It includes at least one of the following: determining not to transmit the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal; determining to multiplex the first PUCCH and the information carried by the first uplink signal, Transmit on the first PUCCH, and determine not to transmit the second uplink signal; determine to transmit the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal, and determine not to transmit the first PUCCH; combine the first
  • the ACK/NACK feedback mode can be configured through RRC signaling.
  • determining the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal may be as follows: as shown in FIG. 2F, the ACK/NACK feedback mode is joint feedback In the case, the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal and the information carried by the first PUCCH are multiplexed and transmitted on the same PUSCH.
  • the transmission mode may be any combination of the foregoing transmission modes, which will not be repeated here.
  • which transmission mode is adopted can be determined according to the CORESET group index or space-related information or TCI state associated with the first PUCCH. For details, refer to the foregoing example description.
  • the terminal transmits the complex by using the ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network and the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal.
  • the used data improves the efficiency of information transmission and saves channel resources.
  • the network equipment can configure whether to use independent feedback or joint feedback according to the current backhaul situation, so as to support uplink information multiplexing under different backhaul situations, and transmit as much uplink information as possible when resource conflicts occur.
  • the transmission mode of at least one of the two uplink signals includes: determining a transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to a preset rule.
  • the terminal determines the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the first PUCCH according to a preset rule.
  • the method can be used when the ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network is independent feedback. That is, this method can be further described as: in the case that the ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network is independent feedback, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the terminal according to the preset Rule to determine the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource sets CORESET group index, and at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is PUSCH.
  • determining the multiplexing mode based on the preset rule can solve the problem of the terminal discarding all resource conflicts. Uplink information problem, transmit as much uplink information as possible.
  • the preset rule includes at least one of the following: the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal associated with the CORESET group index is a preset value of uplink Signal multiplexing transmission; the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the uplink signal that is earlier in the second uplink signal are multiplexed and transmitted; the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the In the second uplink signal, the uplink signal with the earlier scheduled DCI time is multiplexed and transmitted; the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal and the scheduled DCI in the second uplink signal are multiplexed and transmitted by using a PUCCH with an agreed DCI format.
  • the preset rule may be: PUCCH multiplexing transmission in which the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is a preset value.
  • the first PUCCH may be multiplexed transmission with an uplink signal with an associated CORESET group index of 0, or multiplexed transmission with an uplink signal with an associated CORESET group index of 1.
  • the first PUCCH may be multiplexed and transmitted with the first uplink signal.
  • the preset rule may be: the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the upstream signal in the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal.
  • the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the first uplink signal, and not multiplexed and transmitted with the second uplink signal.
  • the preset rule may be: the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the PUCCH scheduled for the earlier DCI time in the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal.
  • the scheduling DCI of the first uplink signal may be the DCI used to schedule the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ-ACK.
  • the scheduled DCI of the second uplink signal may be the DCI used to schedule the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ-ACK.
  • the scheduled DCI of the first uplink signal may be a DCI used to trigger the CSI.
  • the triggering DCI of the second uplink signal may be the DCI used to schedule the CSI.
  • the first uplink signal is PUSCH and the second uplink signal is PUCCH carrying CSI information
  • which of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal has a better scheduling DCI time
  • the first PUCCH and the uplink signal with the earlier scheduled DCI time are multiplexed for transmission.
  • the preset rule may be: the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are scheduled for DCI multiplexing transmission using a PUCCH in an agreed DCI format.
  • the agreed DCI format may be a specific DCI format, such as DCI format 1_0 or DCI format 0_0.
  • the scheduling DCI of the first uplink signal adopts the DCI format 1_0
  • the scheduling DCI of the second uplink signal adopts the DCI format 1_1
  • the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal are multiplexed for transmission.
  • the preset rule may be any combination of the foregoing preset rules, which will not be repeated here.
  • the foregoing transmission mode may be preset, and may be determined according to the information carried in the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH.
  • determining the transmission mode based on the preset rule can solve the problem that the terminal discards all resource conflicting uplinks. If there is a problem with information, transmit as much upstream information as possible.
  • the transmission mode of at least one of the two uplink signals includes: determining not to transmit the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH.
  • both the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second The transmission mode of at least one of the uplink signals is: not transmitting the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different The control resource set CORESET group index, and at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is PUSCH.
  • this method can be used when the ACK/NACK feedback mode of the network configuration is independent feedback.
  • the method can be described as: when the ACKNACK feedback mode configured by the network is independent feedback, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap with the first PUCCH time domain, it is determined not to transmit the first uplink Signal, the second uplink signal and the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the At least one of the second uplink signals is PUSCH.
  • the method can also be described as: when the ACKNACK feedback mode configured by the network is independent feedback, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes, the terminal does not expect the first The uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap with the first PUCCH in time domain at the same time. Once this time-domain overlap occurs, the terminal will regard it as an error case and will not perform the transmission of the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH. The transmitted information will be discarded.
  • resource scheduling of the base station is used to solve the resource conflict between PUCCH and PUSCH and/or PUCCH of different TRPs at the same time, thereby avoiding the situation that the terminal needs to discard uplink information as much as possible, and also reducing the terminal The processing complexity of information multiplexing.
  • the first PUCCH includes any one of the following: PUCCH carrying CSI or PUCCH carrying SR.
  • the first uplink signal is any one of PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ, or PUCCH carrying SR.
  • the second uplink signal is any one of PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ, or PUCCH carrying SR.
  • the PUSCH may be a PUSCH scheduled by DCI, or may also be a PUSCH scheduled by RRC.
  • At least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is a PUSCH.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH for scheduling the PUSCH is located.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is scheduling the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK The CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH is located.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is the PDCCH where the PDSCH corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK is scheduled CORESET group index of CORESET.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal may be 1, may be 0, or may be a preset value.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the PUCCH resource configured by higher layer signaling and the first uplink signal
  • the associated CORESET group index, or the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is configured by the higher layer signaling and the second uplink
  • the CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource of the signal, or the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource of the first uplink signal configured by high-layer signaling may be 1, or 0, or a preset value.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI may be 1, or 0, or a preset value.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the PUCCH resource configured by higher layer signaling and the first uplink signal
  • the index of the associated CORESET group, or the index of the CORESET group associated with the first uplink signal is 0.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource of the first uplink signal configured by high-layer signaling may be 1, or 0, or a preset value.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is configured by the higher layer signaling and the second uplink
  • the CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource of the signal, or the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is 0.
  • the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap in the time domain.
  • the non-overlapping of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal in the time domain specifically refers to: the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy different OFDM symbols in one time slot.
  • the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy different OFDM symbols in one time slot, which may be that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy adjacent different OFDM symbols in one time slot.
  • the OFDM symbol may be different non-adjacent OFDM symbols in a time slot occupied by the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal.
  • the method further includes: transmitting at least one of the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH according to the transmission mode.
  • the method further includes: according to the transmission mode, transmitting the first uplink signal, the At least one signal of the second uplink signal and the first PUCCH.
  • the method further includes: receiving ACK/NACK feedback mode indication information configured by the network, where the ACK/NACK feedback mode indicated by the indication information is independent feedback.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an information transmission method, application and network equipment, and the method includes the following steps:
  • the network device sends first configuration information, second configuration information, and third configuration information to a terminal, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink signal, and the second configuration information is used to configure a second uplink signal.
  • the third configuration information is used to configure the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are not at the same time. It overlaps with the first PUCCH in time domain.
  • the terminal device receives the first configuration information, the second configuration information, and the third configuration information from the network device, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET groups Index, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap with the first PUCCH time domain at the same time.
  • the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap with the first PUCCH time domain at the same time, which means that the network device cannot configure when determining the first configuration information, the second configuration information, and the third configuration information.
  • the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap with the first PUCCH time domain at the same time, that is, the following situation shall be excluded: the first uplink signal overlaps with the first PUCCH time domain, and the second uplink signal overlaps with the first PUCCH time domain.
  • the PUCCH time domain overlaps.
  • the network device if the ACKNACK feedback mode configured by the network is independent feedback, and the configured first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes, the network device cannot configure the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal.
  • the uplink signal overlaps with the first PUCCH in the time domain at the same time. The network device should avoid this situation when configuring the resources of the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal and the first PUCCH, otherwise the terminal device may not send these signals.
  • resource scheduling of the base station is used to avoid resource conflicts between a PUCCH and uplink signals of different TRPs at the same time, thereby avoiding the situation where the terminal needs to discard the uplink information as much as possible, and also reducing the terminal information.
  • the processing complexity of multiplexing is used to avoid resource conflicts between a PUCCH and uplink signals of different TRPs at the same time, thereby avoiding the situation where the terminal needs to discard the uplink information as much as possible, and also reducing the terminal information.
  • the first PUCCH includes any one of the following: PUCCH carrying CSI or PUCCH carrying SR.
  • the first uplink signal is any one of PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ, or PUCCH carrying SR.
  • the second uplink signal is any one of PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ, or PUCCH carrying SR.
  • the PUSCH may be a PUSCH scheduled by DCI, or may also be a PUSCH scheduled by RRC.
  • At least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is a PUSCH.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH for scheduling the PUSCH is located.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is scheduling the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK
  • the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is the index corresponding to the scheduling of the second HARQ-ACK
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal may be 1, may be 0, or may be a preset value.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is associated with the PUCCH resource of the first uplink signal configured by higher layer signaling
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is configured by the higher-layer signaling and the second uplink signal
  • the CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource, or the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource of the first uplink signal configured by high-layer signaling may be 1, or 0, or a preset value.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI may be 1, or 0, or a preset value.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the PUCCH resource configured by higher layer signaling and the first uplink signal
  • the index of the associated CORESET group, or the index of the CORESET group associated with the first uplink signal is 0.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource of the first uplink signal configured by high-layer signaling may be 1, or 0, or a preset value.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is configured by the higher layer signaling and the second uplink
  • the CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource of the signal, or the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is 0.
  • the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap in the time domain.
  • the non-overlapping of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal in the time domain specifically refers to: the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy different OFDM symbols in one time slot.
  • the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy different OFDM symbols in one time slot, which may be that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy adjacent different OFDM symbols in one time slot.
  • the OFDM symbol may be different non-adjacent OFDM symbols in a time slot occupied by the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal.
  • the first PUCCH includes any one of the following: PUCCH carrying CSI or PUCCH carrying SR.
  • fourth configuration information is sent to the terminal, where the fourth configuration information is used to configure the ACK/NACK feedback mode as independent feedback.
  • the method further includes: receiving the first uplink signal from the terminal, At least one signal of the second uplink signal and the first PUCCH.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal 400 includes a processor 410 and a memory 420.
  • the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is PUSCH.
  • the terminal determines that the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the The transmission mode of at least one of the second uplink signals, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes.
  • At least one of the uplink signals is PUSCH.
  • the multiplexed information is transmitted, and the multiplexed information is transmitted first, so as to avoid discarding information as little as possible, improve the efficiency of uplink control information transmission and save channel resources.
  • the program includes instructions for performing the following operations: determining the first PUCCH according to the first information, and at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH; the spatial related information of the first PUCCH; the transmission configuration of the first PUCCH indicates the TCI status; the network Configured ACK/NACK feedback mode.
  • the first information includes the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH; the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal are determined according to the first information.
  • the program includes instructions for executing the following operations: when the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH is the same as the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal, it is determined that the The first PUCCH is multiplexed with the first uplink signal for transmission; and/or, when the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH is different from the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal, it is determined not to transmit the The second uplink signal or the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are transmitted on different time domain resources.
  • the first information includes spatial related information of the first PUCCH; in the step of determining the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information
  • the program includes at least one instruction for performing the following operations: the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the first PUCCH and the space-related information indicated by the first uplink signal When the reference source signal is the same, it is determined that the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the first uplink signal; the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the first PUCCH and the DCI scheduling the first uplink signal When the SRS indicated by the SRI information is the same, it is determined that the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the first uplink signal; the space between the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the first PUCCH and the second uplink signal When the reference source signals indicated by the related information are different, it is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal or to transmit the
  • the first information includes the TCI status of the first PUCCH; in the determination of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information
  • the program includes instructions for executing the following operations: when the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first PUCCH is the same as the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first uplink signal
  • the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal are multiplexed for transmission; and/or the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first PUCCH and the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first uplink signal
  • the second uplink signal is not transmitted or the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are transmitted on different time domain resources.
  • the multiplexing and transmission of the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal refers to: combining the first PUCCH with the second PUCCH Multiplexing the information carried by the two PUCCH; and transmitting the multiplexed information on the first PUCCH, the second PUCCH, or the third PUCCH.
  • the multiplexing and transmission of the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal refers to: carrying the first uplink signal After the information is multiplexed with the data in the PUSCH, the multiplexed data is transmitted on the PUSCH, and the second uplink signal is transmitted on different time domain resources at the same time.
  • transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources specifically refers to: transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources.
  • the second uplink signal does not transmit the first PUCCH.
  • the first information includes the ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network; in the determining the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information
  • the program includes instructions for performing the following operations: in a case where the ACK/NACK feedback mode is joint feedback, determining to combine the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal and the The information carried by the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted on the same PUSCH; and/or, when the ACK/NACK feedback mode is independent feedback, the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the The transmission mode of at least one of the second uplink signals includes at least one of the following: determining not to transmit the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal; determining to combine the first PUCCH with the The information carried by the first uplink signal is multiplexed, transmitted on the first PUCCH, and the second uplink signal is determined not to be transmitted; the first uplink signal and the
  • the program includes instructions for performing the following operations: determining the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to a preset rule At least one of the transmission methods.
  • the preset rule includes at least one of the following: the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal associated with the CORESET group index is a preset value of uplink Signal multiplexing transmission; the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the uplink signal that is earlier in the second uplink signal are multiplexed and transmitted; the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the In the second uplink signal, the uplink signal with the earlier scheduled DCI time is multiplexed and transmitted; the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal and the scheduled DCI in the second uplink signal are multiplexed and transmitted by using a PUCCH with an agreed DCI format.
  • the program includes instructions for performing the following operations: determining not to transmit the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH.
  • the first PUCCH includes any one of the following: PUCCH carrying CSI or PUCCH carrying SR.
  • the first uplink signal is any one of PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ, or PUCCH carrying SR;
  • the second uplink signal is PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, Either PUCCH carrying HARQ or PUCCH carrying SR.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is scheduling the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH for scheduling the PUSCH is located.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the PUCCH resource configured by higher layer signaling and the first uplink signal
  • the associated CORESET group index, or the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the PUCCH resource configured by higher layer signaling and the first uplink signal
  • the index of the associated CORESET group, or the index of the CORESET group associated with the first uplink signal is 0.
  • the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap in the time domain.
  • the non-overlapping of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal in the time domain means that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy different OFDM signals in one time slot. symbol.
  • the program further includes instructions for performing the following operations: according to the transmission mode, the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first uplink signal are transmitted. At least one signal in PUCCH.
  • the program further includes instructions for performing the following operations: receiving ACK/NACK feedback mode indication information configured by the network, and the ACK/NACK feedback mode indicated by the indication information is independent feedback.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 500 includes a processor 510, a memory 520, a communication interface 530, and one or more programs. 521, wherein the one or more programs 521 are stored in the foregoing memory 520 and configured to be executed by the foregoing processor 510, and the one or more programs 521 include instructions for performing the following operations.
  • the configuration information is used to configure the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are not at the same time as the first uplink signal.
  • One PUCCH overlaps in time domain.
  • the network device sends first configuration information, second configuration information, and third configuration information to the terminal.
  • the first configuration information is used to configure the first uplink signal
  • the second configuration The information is used to configure the second uplink signal
  • the third configuration information is used to configure the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes; and the first uplink signal is determined It does not overlap with the first PUCCH in time domain at the same time as the second uplink signal, which is convenient for improving the efficiency of terminal uplink control information transmission and saving channel resources.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH for scheduling the PUSCH is located.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the index of the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is any one of the following: The CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource, or the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is any one of the following: The CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource, or the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is 0.
  • the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap in the time domain.
  • the non-overlapping of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal in the time domain means that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy a different time slot. OFDM symbol.
  • the first PUCCH includes any one of the following: PUCCH carrying CSI or PUCCH carrying SR.
  • the program further includes instructions for performing the following operations: sending fourth configuration information to the terminal, where the fourth configuration information is used to configure the ACK/NACK feedback mode to independent feedback.
  • the program further includes instructions for performing the following operations: after determining that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap with the first PUCCH time domain at the same time, receiving data from the At least one of the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal and the first PUCCH of the terminal.
  • the terminal includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the embodiment of the present application may divide the terminal into functional units according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional unit may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software program modules. It should be noted that the division of units in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 6 shows a block diagram of a possible functional unit composition of the information transmission device involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the information transmission device 600 is applied to a terminal, and specifically includes a processing unit 602 and a communication unit 603.
  • the processing unit 602 is configured to control and manage the actions of the terminal.
  • the processing unit 602 is configured to support the terminal to perform step 201 in FIG. 2A and/or other processes used in the technology described herein.
  • the communication unit 603 is used to support communication between the terminal and other devices.
  • the terminal may also include a storage unit 601 for storing program codes and data of the terminal.
  • the processing unit 602 may be a processor or a controller, for example, a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), and an application-specific integrated circuit (Application-Specific Integrated Circuit). Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application.
  • the processor may also be a combination for realizing computing functions, for example, including a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • the communication unit 603 may be a communication interface, a transceiver, a transceiving circuit, etc., and the storage unit 601 may be a memory.
  • the processing unit 602 is a processor
  • the communication unit 603 is a communication interface
  • the storage unit 601 is a memory
  • the terminal involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the terminal shown in FIG. 4.
  • the processing unit 602 is configured to perform any step performed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiment, and when performing data transmission such as sending, the communication unit 603 can be optionally invoked to complete the corresponding operation.
  • the communication unit 603 can be optionally invoked to complete the corresponding operation.
  • the processing unit 602 is configured to determine that the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap the time domain resources of the first PUCCH
  • the transmission mode of at least one of the two uplink signals, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are At least one uplink signal is PUSCH.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: determine that when the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal both overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, the The transmission mode of at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal includes: determining the first PUCCH according to the first information, and the transmission mode of at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal ,
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH; the spatial related information of the first PUCCH; the transmission configuration of the first PUCCH indicates the TCI status; the ACK/ of the network configuration NACK feedback mode.
  • the first information includes the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH; the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal are determined according to the first information.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH is the same as the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal, determine that the first PUCCH and the CORESET group index are the same
  • the first uplink signal is multiplexed and transmitted; and/or, in the case that the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH is different from the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal, it is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal Or transmit the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources.
  • the first information includes spatial related information of the first PUCCH; in the step of determining the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to at least one of the following: the reference source signal indicated by the spatial related information of the first PUCCH and the reference source indicated by the spatial related information of the first uplink signal When the signals are the same, it is determined that the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the first uplink signal; the SRI information in the reference source signal indicated by the spatial related information of the first PUCCH and the DCI scheduling the first uplink signal When the indicated SRS are the same, it is determined that the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the first uplink signal; the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the first PUCCH and the space related information of the second uplink signal When the indicated reference source signals are different, it is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal or to transmit the first uplink
  • the first information includes the TCI status of the first PUCCH; in the determination of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first PUCCH is the same as the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first uplink signal, the second A PUCCH is multiplexed with the first uplink signal for transmission; and/or when the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first PUCCH is different from the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first uplink signal, no Transmitting the second uplink signal or transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources.
  • the multiplexing and transmission of the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal refers to: combining the first PUCCH with the second PUCCH Multiplexing the information carried by the two PUCCH; and transmitting the multiplexed information on the first PUCCH, the second PUCCH, or the third PUCCH.
  • the multiplexing and transmission of the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal refers to: carrying the first uplink signal After the information is multiplexed with the data in the PUSCH, the multiplexed data is transmitted on the PUSCH, and the second uplink signal is transmitted on different time domain resources at the same time.
  • transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources specifically refers to: transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources.
  • the second uplink signal does not transmit the first PUCCH.
  • the first information includes the ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network; in the determining the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the ACK/NACK feedback mode is joint feedback, determine to carry the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal and the first PUCCH Multiplexed and transmitted on the same PUSCH; and/or, the processing unit is configured to determine the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, and the The transmission mode of at least one of the uplink signal and the second uplink signal includes at least one of the following: it is determined not to transmit the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal; The PUCCH is multiplexed with the information carried by the first uplink signal, is transmitted on the first PUCCH, and the second uplink signal is determined not to be transmitted; the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are determined to be transmitted, and the
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: determine the value of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to a preset rule transfer method.
  • the preset rule includes at least one of the following: the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal associated with the CORESET group index is a preset value of uplink Signal multiplexing transmission; the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the uplink signal that is earlier in the second uplink signal are multiplexed and transmitted; the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the In the second uplink signal, the uplink signal with the earlier scheduled DCI time is multiplexed and transmitted; the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal and the scheduled DCI in the second uplink signal are multiplexed and transmitted by using a PUCCH with an agreed DCI format.
  • the processing unit when it is determined that both the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second Regarding the transmission mode of at least one of the uplink signals, the processing unit is specifically configured to determine not to transmit the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH.
  • the first PUCCH includes any one of the following: PUCCH carrying CSI or PUCCH carrying SR.
  • the first uplink signal is any one of PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ, or PUCCH carrying SR;
  • the second uplink signal is PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, Either PUCCH carrying HARQ or PUCCH carrying SR.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH for scheduling the PUSCH is located.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is scheduling the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the PUCCH resource configured by higher layer signaling and the first uplink signal
  • the associated CORESET group index, or the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the PUCCH resource configured by higher layer signaling and the first uplink signal
  • the index of the associated CORESET group, or the index of the CORESET group associated with the first uplink signal is 0.
  • the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap in the time domain.
  • the non-overlapping of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal in the time domain means that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy different OFDM signals in one time slot. symbol.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: transmit the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH according to the transmission mode by the communication unit At least one signal.
  • the processing unit is further configured to receive ACK/NACK feedback mode indication information configured by the network, and the ACK/NACK feedback mode indicated by the indication information is independent feedback.
  • FIG. 7 shows a block diagram of a possible functional unit composition of the information transmission device involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the information transmission apparatus 700 is applied to a network device, and the network device includes a processing unit 702 and a communication unit 703.
  • the processing unit 702 is used to control and manage the actions of the network device.
  • the processing unit 702 is used to support the network device to perform S301 in FIG. 3 and/or other processes used in the technology described herein.
  • the communication unit 703 is used to support communication between the network device and other devices.
  • the network device may also include a storage unit 701 for storing program codes and data of the terminal.
  • the processing unit 702 may be a processor or a controller, for example, a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), and an application-specific integrated circuit (Application-Specific Integrated Circuit). Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application.
  • the processor may also be a combination for realizing computing functions, for example, including a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • the communication unit 703 may be a communication interface, a transceiver, a transceiving circuit, etc., and the storage unit 701 may be a memory.
  • the processing unit 702 is a processor
  • the communication unit 703 is a communication interface
  • the storage unit 701 is a memory
  • the terminal involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the network device shown in FIG. 5.
  • the processing unit 702 is configured to send first configuration information, second configuration information, and third configuration information to the terminal through the communication unit, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink signal, and the second configuration The information is used to configure the second uplink signal, the third configuration information is used to configure the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal It does not overlap with the first PUCCH in time domain at the same time as the second uplink signal.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH for scheduling the PUSCH is located.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the index of the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is any one of the following: The CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource, or the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
  • the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is any one of the following: The index of the CORESET group associated with the PUCCH resource, or the index of the CORESET group associated with the first uplink signal is 0.
  • the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap in the time domain.
  • the non-overlapping of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal in the time domain means that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy a different time slot. OFDM symbol.
  • the first PUCCH includes any one of the following: PUCCH carrying CSI or PUCCH carrying SR.
  • the processing unit is further configured to send fourth configuration information to the terminal through the communication unit, where the fourth configuration information is used to configure the ACK/NACK feedback mode as independent feedback.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: receive from the communication unit through the communication unit. At least one of the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal and the first PUCCH of the terminal.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, wherein the chip includes a processor, which is used to call and run a computer program from the memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes the part described in the terminal in the above method embodiment Or all steps.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program causes the computer to execute the terminal in the above method embodiment Some or all of the steps described.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program causes the computer to execute the network in the above-mentioned method embodiment. Part or all of the steps described by the side device.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, wherein the computer program product includes a computer program, and the computer program is operable to make a computer execute part or all of the steps described in the terminal in the above method embodiment.
  • the computer program product may be a software installation package.
  • the steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in hardware, or implemented by a processor executing software instructions.
  • Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, which can be stored in random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), and erasable programmable read-only memory ( Erasable Programmable ROM (EPROM), Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM), register, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may also be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium may be located in the ASIC.
  • the ASIC may be located in an access network device, a target network device, or a core network device.
  • the processor and the storage medium may also exist as discrete components in the access network device, the target network device, or the core network device.
  • the functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, Digital Subscriber Line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a Digital Video Disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a Solid State Disk (SSD)) )Wait.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application disclose an information transmission method and a related apparatus. The method comprises: when a first uplink signal and a second uplink signal both overlap with a time domain resource of a first PUCCH, a terminal determining a transmission configuration for at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set (CORESET) group indexes, and at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is a PUSCH uplink signal. The embodiments of the present application can solve the problem in which a terminal cannot determine how to transmit uplink signals when PUSCHs and/or PUCCHs of different TRPs all overlap with another PUCCH in time.

Description

信息传输方法及相关装置Information transmission method and related device 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种信息传输方法及相关装置。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to an information transmission method and related devices.
背景技术Background technique
目前基于多个传输点/发送接收点(Transmission/reception point,TRP)的下行和上行的非相干传输中,TRP之间的回程(backhaul)连接可以是理想的或者非理想的,理想的backhaul下TRP之间可以快速动态的进行信息交互,非理想的backhaul下由于时延较大TRP之间只能准静态的进行信息交互。在下行非相干传输中,多个TRP可以采用不同的控制信道独立调度一个终端的多个物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)传输,也可以采用同一个控制信道调度不同TRP的传输,其中不同TRP的数据采用不同的传输层,后者只能用于理想backhaul的情况。At present, in the incoherent transmission of downlink and uplink based on multiple transmission/reception points (TRP), the backhaul connection between TRPs can be ideal or non-ideal. Under ideal backhaul TRPs can exchange information quickly and dynamically. Under non-ideal backhaul, TRPs can only exchange information quasi-statically due to the large delay. In downlink non-coherent transmission, multiple TRPs can use different control channels to independently schedule multiple Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) transmissions of a terminal, or the same control channel can be used to schedule transmissions of different TRPs. Among them, the data of different TRPs use different transmission layers, and the latter can only be used in the case of ideal backhaul.
在非理想backhaul的情况下,发送给不同TRP传输的PUSCH和/或物理上行控制信道资源(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH)需要在不同的时间上传输。如果发给不同TRP的PUSCH和/或PUCCH同时和另外一个PUCCH在时间上重叠,终端无法确定如何传输这些上行信号。In the case of non-ideal backhaul, the PUSCH and/or Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) sent to different TRP transmissions need to be transmitted at different times. If the PUSCH and/or PUCCH sent to different TRPs overlap with another PUCCH at the same time, the terminal cannot determine how to transmit these uplink signals.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种信息传输方法及相关装置,以解决在不同TRP的PUSCH和/或PUCCH同时和另外一个PUCCH在时间上重叠的情况下,终端设备无法确定如何传输这些上行信号的问题,提高信息传输的效率和节约信道资源。The embodiments of the present application provide an information transmission method and related devices to solve the problem that when the PUSCH and/or PUCCH of different TRPs overlap with another PUCCH in time, the terminal device cannot determine how to transmit these uplink signals. Improve the efficiency of information transmission and save channel resources.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种信息传输方法,应用于终端设备,所述方法包括:In the first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an information transmission method, which is applied to a terminal device, and the method includes:
确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,其中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的控制资源集CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个上行信号为PUSCH。Determine the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal when the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH , Wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is PUSCH.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种信息传输方法,应用于网络设备,所述方法包括:In the second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an information transmission method, which is applied to a network device, and the method includes:
向终端发送第一配置信息、第二配置信息和第三配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一上行信号,所述第二配置信息用于配置第二上行信号,所述第三配置信息用于配置第一PUCCH,其中所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号不同时与所述第一PUCCH时域重叠。Send first configuration information, second configuration information, and third configuration information to the terminal, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink signal, the second configuration information is used to configure a second uplink signal, and the third configuration information is used to configure a second uplink signal. The configuration information is used to configure the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are not at the same time as the first uplink signal. One PUCCH overlaps in time domain.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种信息传输装置,应用于终端,所述装置包括处理单元和通信单元,其中,In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an information transmission device, which is applied to a terminal, and the device includes a processing unit and a communication unit, where:
所述处理单元,用于确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,其中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的控制资源集CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个上行信号为PUSCH。The processing unit is configured to determine that the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal are both overlapped with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH. The transmission mode of at least one of the signals, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal The uplink signal is PUSCH.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种信息传输装置,应用于网络设备,所述装置包括处理单元和通信 单元,其中,In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an information transmission device, which is applied to a network device, and the device includes a processing unit and a communication unit, wherein:
所述处理单元,用于向终端发送第一配置信息、第二配置信息和第三配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一上行信号,所述第二配置信息用于配置第二上行信号,所述第三配置信息用于配置第一PUCCH,其中所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号不同时与所述第一PUCCH时域重叠。The processing unit is configured to send first configuration information, second configuration information, and third configuration information to the terminal, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink signal, and the second configuration information is used to configure a second Uplink signal, the third configuration information is used to configure the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal The signal does not overlap with the first PUCCH time domain at the same time.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端,包括处理器、存储器、通信接口以及一个或多个程序,其中,所述一个或多个程序被存储在所述存储器中,并且被配置由所述处理器执行,所述程序包括用于执行本申请实施例第一方面任一方法中的步骤的指令。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal, including a processor, a memory, a communication interface, and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and are configured by The processor executes, and the program includes instructions for executing the steps in any method of the first aspect of the embodiments of the present application.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种网络设备,包括处理器、存储器、通信接口以及一个或多个程序,其中,所述一个或多个程序被存储在所述存储器中,并且被配置由所述处理器执行,所述程序包括用于执行本申请实施例第二方面任一方法中的步骤的指令。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a network device, including a processor, a memory, a communication interface, and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and are configured by The processor executes, and the program includes instructions for executing the steps in any method in the second aspect of the embodiments of the present application.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如本申请实施例第一方面或第二方面任一方法中所描述的部分或全部步骤。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes the first aspect or the second aspect of the embodiment of the present application. Some or all of the steps described in any method of the aspect.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其中,所述计算机可读存储介质存储用于电子数据交换的计算机程序,其中,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如本申请实施例第一方面或第二方面任一方法中所描述的部分或全部步骤。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program causes the computer to execute the For example, part or all of the steps described in any method of the first aspect or the second aspect.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序,其中,所述计算机程序可操作来使计算机执行如本申请实施例第一方面或第二方面任一方法中所描述的部分或全部步骤。该计算机程序可以为一个软件安装包。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program, wherein the computer program is operable to cause a computer to execute some or all of the steps described in any method of the first aspect or the second aspect of the embodiment of the present application . The computer program may be a software installation package.
可以看出,本申请实施例中,终端设备通过确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,其中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的控制资源集CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个上行信号为PUSCH。解决在不同TRP的PUSCH和/或PUCCH同时和另外一个PUCCH在时间上重叠的情况下,终端设备无法确定如何传输这些上行信号的问题,提高信息传输的效率和节约信道资源。网络设备向终端发送第一配置信息、第二配置信息和第三配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一上行信号,所述第二配置信息用于配置第二上行信号,所述第三配置信息用于配置第一PUCCH,其中所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号不同时与所述第一PUCCH时域重叠,通过基站的资源调度来解决PUCCH同时与不同TRP的PUSCH和/或PUCCH发生资源冲突,从而尽可能的解决了终端需要丢弃上行信息的情况,也降低了终端进行信息复用的处理复杂度。It can be seen that, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device determines that when the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal And the transmission mode of at least one of the second uplink signal, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes. At least one of the two uplink signals is PUSCH. Solve the problem that the terminal device cannot determine how to transmit these uplink signals when the PUSCH and/or PUCCH of different TRPs and another PUCCH overlap in time at the same time, improve the efficiency of information transmission and save channel resources. The network device sends first configuration information, second configuration information, and third configuration information to the terminal, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink signal, and the second configuration information is used to configure a second uplink signal. The third configuration information is used to configure the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are not at the same time as the same. The first PUCCH overlaps in the time domain, the resource scheduling of the base station is used to solve the resource conflict between the PUCCH and the PUSCH and/or PUCCH of different TRPs at the same time, so as to solve the situation that the terminal needs to discard the uplink information as much as possible, and also reduces the terminal information The processing complexity of multiplexing.
附图说明Description of the drawings
下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍。The following will briefly introduce the drawings that need to be used in the description of the embodiments or the prior art.
图1A是本申请实施例提供的一种信息传输的系统架构图;FIG. 1A is a system architecture diagram of information transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图1B是本申请实施例提供的一种基于多PDCCH的下行非相干传输的示意图;FIG. 1B is a schematic diagram of a downlink non-coherent transmission based on multiple PDCCHs according to an embodiment of the present application;
图1C是本申请实施例提供的一种基于多PDCCH的下行非相干传输的示意图;FIG. 1C is a schematic diagram of a downlink non-coherent transmission based on multiple PDCCHs according to an embodiment of the present application;
图1D是本申请实施例提供的一种基于单PDCCH的下行非相干传输的示意图;FIG. 1D is a schematic diagram of a single PDCCH-based downlink non-coherent transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图1E是本申请实施例提供的一种两个PUSCH和一个PUCCH时域上重叠的示意图;FIG. 1E is a schematic diagram of two PUSCHs and one PUCCH overlapping in time domain according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2A是本申请实施例提供的一种信息传输方法的流程示意图;2A is a schematic flowchart of an information transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2B为本申请实施例提供的一种第一上行信号与第一PUCCH在第一PUCCH中复用示意图;2B is a schematic diagram of multiplexing a first uplink signal and a first PUCCH in a first PUCCH according to an embodiment of this application;
图2C为本申请实施例提供的一种第一上行信号与第一PUCCH在第一上行信号中复用示意图;2C is a schematic diagram of multiplexing a first uplink signal and a first PUCCH in a first uplink signal according to an embodiment of this application;
图2D为本申请实施例提供的一种第一上行信号与第一PUCCH在第一上行信号中复用示意图;2D is a schematic diagram of multiplexing a first uplink signal and a first PUCCH in a first uplink signal according to an embodiment of this application;
图2E为本申请实施例提供的一种传输第一上行信号和第二上行信号示意图;2E is a schematic diagram of transmitting a first uplink signal and a second uplink signal according to an embodiment of this application;
图2F为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备复用传输所述第一PUCCH,第一上行信号和第二上行信号的示意图;2F is a schematic diagram of a terminal device multiplexing and transmitting the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to an embodiment of this application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种信息传输方法的流程示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of an information transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种信息传输装置的功能单元组成框图;6 is a block diagram of functional units of an information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种信息传输装置的功能单元组成框图。Fig. 7 is a block diagram of functional units of an information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于如图1A所示的示例通信系统100,该示例通信系统100包括终端110和网络设备120,终端110与网络设备120通信连接。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to an exemplary communication system 100 as shown in FIG. 1A. The exemplary communication system 100 includes a terminal 110 and a network device 120, and the terminal 110 is in communication connection with the network device 120.
该示例通信系统100例如可以是:非地面通信网络(Non-Terrestrial Network,NTN)系统、全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobiletelecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)等。The example communication system 100 may be, for example, a Non-Terrestrial Network (NTN) system, a global system for mobile communications (GSM) system, and a code division multiple access (CDMA) system. , Wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex) , FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, the fifth in the future Generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (NR), etc.
本申请实施例中的终端110可以指用户设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、中继设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal 110 in the embodiment of the present application may refer to user equipment, access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or User device. The terminal can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), and a wireless communication function Handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, relay devices, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminals in the future 5G network, or public land mobile network (PLMN) that will evolve in the future This is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
本申请实施例中的网络设备120可以是用于与终端通信的设备,该网络设备可以是全球移动通信 (global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统或码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evoledNodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继设备、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备,5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等,本申请实施例并不限定。The network device 120 in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with a terminal, and the network device may be a global system for mobile communications (GSM) system or code division multiple access (CDMA) The base transceiver station (BTS) in the LTE system can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolved base station (evoledNodeB) in the LTE system. , ENB or eNodeB), it can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay device, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and The network equipment in the future 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, one or a group of (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in the 5G system, or it can also be a network that constitutes a gNB or transmission point A node, such as a baseband unit (BBU), or a distributed unit (DU), etc., is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU. The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU). The CU implements some of the functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some of the functions of the gNB. For example, the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions. The DU is responsible for processing the physical layer protocol and real-time services, and realizes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer, and the physical (PHY) layer. AAU realizes some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU , Or, sent by DU+AAU. It can be understood that the network device may be a device that includes one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
在本申请实施例中,终端110或网络设备120包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端,或者,是终端中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal 110 or the network device 120 includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory). The operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating systems, Unix operating systems, Android operating systems, iOS operating systems, or windows operating systems. The application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. Moreover, the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application can be provided in accordance with the embodiments of the application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal, or a functional module in the terminal that can call and execute the program.
在新空口(New Radio,NR)中,终端可以采用模拟波束来传输上行数据和上行控制信息。终端可以基于探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal,SRS)信号来进行上行波束管理,从而确定上行传输所用的模拟波束。具体的,网络可以给终端配置SRS探测参考信号资源集合1,集合中包含N个SRS资源(N>1)。终端可以采用不同的波束发送所述N个SRS资源,网络设备分别对N个SRS资源进行接收质量的测量,选择其中接收质量最好的K个SRS资源。网络设备可以再配置一个SRS资源集合2,其中包括K个SRS资源,并令终端采用集合1中选择出来的K个SRS资源所用的模拟波束来传输集合2中的SRS资源。这可以通过将集合1中选择出的K个SRS资源分别配置为集合2中的K个SRS资源的参考SRS资源来实现。此时,基于终端在SRS资源集合2中传输的SRS,网络设备可以选择出接收 质量最好的一个SRS资源,并将对应的SRI(SRS资源指示)通知给终端。终端接收到SRI后,将SRI指示的SRS资源所用的模拟波束确定为传输PUSCH所用的模拟波束。对于PUSCH,所述SRI通过下行控制信息(Downlink control information,DCI)下行控制信息中的SRI指示域来指示,或者通过无线资源控制(RadioResourceControl,RRC)参数来指示其中,对于RRC配置的PUSCH用RRC参数指示。In the New Radio (NR), the terminal can use an analog beam to transmit uplink data and uplink control information. The terminal may perform uplink beam management based on a sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) signal, so as to determine the analog beam used for uplink transmission. Specifically, the network may configure SRS sounding reference signal resource set 1 for the terminal, and the set includes N SRS resources (N>1). The terminal may use different beams to transmit the N SRS resources, and the network equipment measures the reception quality of the N SRS resources respectively, and selects the K SRS resources with the best reception quality. The network device may further configure an SRS resource set 2, which includes K SRS resources, and make the terminal use the analog beams used by the K SRS resources selected in the set 1 to transmit the SRS resources in the set 2. This can be achieved by configuring the K SRS resources selected in the set 1 as reference SRS resources of the K SRS resources in the set 2, respectively. At this time, based on the SRS transmitted by the terminal in the SRS resource set 2, the network device can select an SRS resource with the best reception quality, and notify the terminal of the corresponding SRI (SRS Resource Indication). After receiving the SRI, the terminal determines the analog beam used by the SRS resource indicated by the SRI as the analog beam used for transmitting the PUSCH. For the PUSCH, the SRI is indicated by the SRI indication field in the downlink control information (Downlink control information, DCI), or indicated by the radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) parameter. The RRC is used for the PUSCH configured by the RRC. Parameter indication.
对于PUCCH,也采用类似的方法来指示所用的波束。具体的,对于每个PUCCH资源,在RRC信令中配置多个空间相关信息(PUCCH-spatialrelationinfo),再通过MAC层信令从中指示当前所用的PUCCH-spatialrelationinfo。其中,每个PUCCH-spatialrelationinfo中包含一个用于确定PUCCH的发送波束的参考信号。对于每个SRS资源,也可以通过RRC信令配置对应的SRS-spatialrelationinfo,其中包含一个用于确定SRS的发送波束的参考信号。For PUCCH, a similar method is also used to indicate the beam used. Specifically, for each PUCCH resource, multiple spatial related information (PUCCH-spatialrelationinfo) is configured in RRC signaling, and then the currently used PUCCH-spatialrelationinfo is indicated therefrom through MAC layer signaling. Wherein, each PUCCH-spatialrelationinfo contains a reference signal for determining the transmission beam of the PUCCH. For each SRS resource, the corresponding SRS-spatialrelationinfo can also be configured through RRC signaling, which contains a reference signal used to determine the transmission beam of the SRS.
在NR系统中引入了基于多个TRP的下行和上行的非相干传输。其中,TRP之间的backhaul连接可以是理想的或者非理想的,理想的backhaul下TRP之间可以快速动态的进行信息交互,非理想的backhaul下由于时延较大TRP之间只能准静态的进行信息交互。在下行非相干传输中,多个TRP可以采用不同的控制信道独立调度一个终端的多个PDSCH传输,也可以采用同一个控制信道调度不同TRP的传输,其中不同TRP的数据采用不同的传输层,后者只能用于理想backhaul的情况。In the NR system, non-coherent transmission of downlink and uplink based on multiple TRPs is introduced. Among them, the backhaul connection between TRPs can be ideal or non-ideal. Under ideal backhaul, TRPs can exchange information quickly and dynamically. Under non-ideal backhaul, TRPs can only be quasi-static due to the large delay. Conduct information exchange. In the downlink non-coherent transmission, multiple TRPs can use different control channels to independently schedule multiple PDSCH transmissions of a terminal, or the same control channel can be used to schedule the transmission of different TRPs, and the data of different TRPs use different transmission layers. The latter can only be used in the case of an ideal backhaul.
对于采用多个PDCCH调度的下行传输,所调度的PDSCH可以在相同的时隙或不同的时隙传输。终端需要支持同时接收来自不同TRP的PDCCH和PDSCH。图1B为基于多PDCCH的下行非相干传输示意图,终端反馈确认应答/否定确认应答(Acknowledge/Non-Acknowledge,ACK/NACK)和信道状态信息(Channel State Information,CSI)时,如图1B所示,可以将ACK/NACK和CSI各自反馈给传输相应PDSCH的不同TRP,如图1C所示,也可以合并上报给一个TRP。前者可以应用于理想backhaul和非理想backhaul两种场景,后者只能用于理想backhaul的场景。其中,不同TRP传输的用于调度PDSCH的DCI可以通过不同的CORESET来承载,即网络设备配置多个CORESET,每个TRP采用各自的CORESET进行调度,即可以通过CORESET来区分不同的TRP。例如,网络设备可以为每个CORESET配置一个CORESET组索引,不同的索引对应不同的TRP。终端反馈CSI时,需要分别反馈每个TRP各自对应的CSI。所述CSI包含佚指示(RankIndicator,RI),预编码矩阵指示(Precoding-MatrixIndicator,PMI),信道质量指示(Channel-Quality Indicator,CQI)等内容,可以用于各自TRP进行下行传输的调度。For downlink transmissions scheduled with multiple PDCCHs, the scheduled PDSCHs can be transmitted in the same time slot or in different time slots. The terminal needs to support simultaneous reception of PDCCH and PDSCH from different TRPs. Figure 1B is a schematic diagram of downlink non-coherent transmission based on multiple PDCCHs. When the terminal feeds back Acknowledge/Non-Acknowledge (ACK/NACK) and Channel State Information (CSI), as shown in Figure 1B , ACK/NACK and CSI can be fed back to different TRPs that transmit the corresponding PDSCH, as shown in Figure 1C, or they can be combined and reported to one TRP. The former can be used in ideal backhaul and non-ideal backhaul scenarios, and the latter can only be used in ideal backhaul scenarios. Among them, the DCI used for scheduling PDSCH transmitted by different TRPs can be carried by different CORESETs, that is, the network device is configured with multiple CORESETs, and each TRP is scheduled with its own CORESET, that is, different TRPs can be distinguished by CORESET. For example, a network device can configure a CORESET group index for each CORESET, and different indexes correspond to different TRPs. When the terminal feeds back the CSI, it needs to feed back the CSI corresponding to each TRP. The CSI includes a Rank Indicator (Rank Indicator, RI), a Precoding Matrix Indicator (Precoding-Matrix Indicator, PMI), a Channel Quality Indicator (Channel-Quality Indicator, CQI), etc., and can be used for scheduling of downlink transmissions of respective TRPs.
图1D为本实施例提供的一种基于单PDCCH的下行非相干传输示意图。如图1D所示,对于采用单个PDCCH调度的多TRP下行传输,同一个DCI可以调度来自不同TRP的多个传输层。其中,来自不同TRP的传输层采用不同码分复用(Code-Division Multiplexing,CDM)组中的解调参考符号(Demodulation Reference Symbol,DMRS)端口,且采用不同的传输配置指示(Transmission Configuration Indicator,TCI)状态。网络设备需要在一个DCI中指示来自不同CDM组的DMRS端口,以及不同CDM组所分别对应的TCI状态,从而支持不同的DMRS端口采用不同的波束来传输。这种情况下,HARQ-ACK反馈和CSI上报可以重用现有协议中的机制。这种方案只能用于理想backhaul的场景。FIG. 1D is a schematic diagram of a single PDCCH-based downlink non-coherent transmission provided by this embodiment. As shown in Figure 1D, for multiple TRP downlink transmissions scheduled by a single PDCCH, the same DCI can schedule multiple transmission layers from different TRPs. Among them, the transmission layers from different TRPs use the demodulation reference symbol (Demodulation Reference Symbol, DMRS) ports in different Code-Division Multiplexing (CDM) groups, and use different transmission configuration indicators (Transmission Configuration Indicators, TCI) status. The network equipment needs to indicate in one DCI the DMRS ports from different CDM groups and the TCI states corresponding to different CDM groups, so as to support different DMRS ports to use different beams for transmission. In this case, HARQ-ACK feedback and CSI reporting can reuse the mechanisms in the existing protocol. This solution can only be used in scenarios with ideal backhaul.
在非理想backhaul的情况下,发给不同TRP传输的PUSCH需要在不同的时间上传输。例如,不同TRP的PUSCH可以通过一个时隙内的两个占用不同正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division  Multiplexing,OFDM)符号的PUCCH资源传输。但是,如图1E所示如果这两个PUSCH和另外一个PUCCH同时发生了时间上的重叠,由于终端不知道这个PUCCH是发给哪个TRP的,就无法确定这个PUCCH应该和哪个PUSCH进行复用,或者是否应该传输这个上行信号。针对上述问题,本申请实施例提出一种信息传输方法,下面结合附图进行详细说明。In the case of non-ideal backhaul, PUSCHs sent to different TRP transmissions need to be transmitted at different times. For example, PUSCHs of different TRPs can be transmitted through two PUCCH resources occupying different Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in one time slot. However, as shown in Figure 1E, if the two PUSCHs and another PUCCH overlap in time at the same time, since the terminal does not know which TRP this PUCCH is sent to, it cannot determine which PUSCH this PUCCH should be multiplexed with. Or whether this uplink signal should be transmitted. In response to the foregoing problems, an embodiment of the present application proposes an information transmission method, which will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
请参阅图2A,图2A是本申请实施例提供的一种信息传输方法的流程示意图,如图所示,该方法包括:Please refer to FIG. 2A. FIG. 2A is a schematic flowchart of an information transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in the figure, the method includes:
S201,终端确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,其中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的控制资源集CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个上行信号为PUSCH。S201. The terminal determines that at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal in the case where the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH The first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is PUSCH .
其中,第一上行信号和第二上行信号都与第一PUCCH时域重叠,是指第一上行信号与第一PUCCH时域上至少部分重叠,且第二上行信号与第一PUCCH时域上也至少存在部分重叠。Wherein, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap the first PUCCH time domain, which means that the first uplink signal and the first PUCCH time domain overlap at least partially, and the second uplink signal also overlaps the first PUCCH time domain. There is at least a partial overlap.
其中,需要进一步解释的是,本实施例中所述第一上行信号泛指与第一PUCCH时域重叠的两个上行信号中的其中一个上行信号,并非特定的一个上行信号。所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号并没有时间先后的限制。因此,后续描述中第一上行信号和第二上行信号是可以相互替换的。It should be further explained that the first uplink signal in this embodiment generally refers to one of the two uplink signals overlapping with the first PUCCH in the time domain, and is not a specific uplink signal. The first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are not restricted in time sequence. Therefore, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal in the subsequent description can be replaced with each other.
其中,所述第一上行信号可以是PUSCH,承载CSI的PUCCH,承载HARQ的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH。所述第二上行信号可以是PUSCH,承载CSI的PUCCH,承载HARQ的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH。所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个上行信号为PUSCH。例如,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号均为PUSCH,或者,所述第一上行信号为PUSCH且所述第二上行信号为PUCCH,或者,所述第一上行信号为PUCCH且所述第二上行信号为PUSCH。Wherein, the first uplink signal may be PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ or PUCCH carrying SR. The second uplink signal may be PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ or PUCCH carrying SR. At least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is PUSCH. For example, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are both PUSCH, or the first uplink signal is PUSCH and the second uplink signal is PUCCH, or the first uplink signal is PUCCH and The second uplink signal is PUSCH.
具体实现中,所述方法可以用于网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈的情况。即本方法可以描述为:在网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈,且第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,终端确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,其中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的控制资源集CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个上行信号为PUSCH。In specific implementation, the method can be used when the ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network is independent feedback. That is, this method can be described as: in the case that the ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network is independent feedback, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the terminal determines the first The transmission mode of at least one of the PUCCH, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and the At least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is PUSCH.
可以看出,在本申请实施例中,终端设备确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,解决在不同TRP的PUSCH和/或PUCCH同时和另外一个PUCCH在时间上重叠的情况下,终端设备无法确定如何传输这些上行信号的问题,提高信息传输的效率和节约信道资源。It can be seen that, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device determines the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal to solve the problem of PUSCH and/or PUCCH in different TRPs. At the same time, when it overlaps with another PUCCH in time, the terminal device cannot determine how to transmit these uplink signals, which improves the efficiency of information transmission and saves channel resources.
在一个可能的示例中,所述确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,包括:根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,所述第一信息包括以下至少一种:所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引;所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息;所述第一PUCCH的传输配置指示TCI状态;网络配置的确认应答否定确认应答(Acknowledge Non-Acknowledge,ACK/NACK)反馈模式。In a possible example, the determining that the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH The transmission mode of at least one of the two uplink signals includes: determining the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal according to the first information, and the first information includes the following At least one: the index of the CORESET group associated with the first PUCCH; the spatial related information of the first PUCCH; the transmission configuration of the first PUCCH indicates the TCI status; the acknowledgement of the network configuration (Acknowledge Non-Acknowledge) , ACK/NACK) feedback mode.
具体实现中,根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少 一个的传输方式可以是:根据所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引,确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式;可以是根据所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息,确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式;可以是根据所述第一PUCCH的信号类型,确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式;可以是根据所述第一PUCCH的传输配置指示TCI状态,确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式;可以是根据所述第一PUCCH承载的信息类型,确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式;可以是根据网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式,确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,或者是根据上述信息中的任意组合确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,此处不再过多赘述。In specific implementation, determining the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information may be: determining according to the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH The transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal; may be determining the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, and the first PUCCH according to the spatial related information of the first PUCCH. The transmission mode of at least one of the uplink signal and the second uplink signal; it may be determined that at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal is determined according to the signal type of the first PUCCH. One transmission mode; may be based on the transmission configuration of the first PUCCH indicating the TCI status to determine the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal; may be based on The type of information carried by the first PUCCH determines the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal; it may be determined according to the ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network The transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal, or the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the transmission method are determined according to any combination of the foregoing information. The transmission mode of at least one of the second uplink signals will not be repeated here.
可以看出,本申请实施例中,终端设备通过根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,解决在不同TRP的PUSCH和/或PUCCH同时和另外一个PUCCH在时间上重叠的情况下,终端设备无法确定如何传输这些上行信号的问题,提高上行控制信息的传输效率,节约信道资源。It can be seen that in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device determines the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information to solve the problem of PUSCH in different TRPs. And/or when the PUCCH and another PUCCH overlap in time at the same time, the terminal device cannot determine how to transmit these uplink signals, which improves the transmission efficiency of uplink control information and saves channel resources.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一信息包括所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引;所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,包括:在所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引与所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引相同时,确定所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;和/或,在所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引与所述第二上行信号关联的CORESET组索引不同情况下,确定不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号。In a possible example, the first information includes a CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH; the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal are determined according to the first information The transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH includes: when the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH is the same as the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal, determining that the first PUCCH is multiplexed with the first uplink signal Transmission; and/or, in the case where the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH is different from the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal, it is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal or on a different time domain resource Transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal.
具体实现中,可以将第一PUCCH中的信息与第一上行信号中的信息复用后,在所述第一上行信号上传输,同时在不同的时域资源上传输所述第二上行信号。这种方式一般用于所述第一PUCCH携带的信息较少的情况,此时可以通过第一上行信号承载第一PUCCH中的信息与第一上行信号中的信息。In specific implementation, the information in the first PUCCH and the information in the first uplink signal may be multiplexed, and then transmitted on the first uplink signal, while the second uplink signal is transmitted on different time domain resources. This method is generally used when the first PUCCH carries less information. In this case, the information in the first PUCCH and the information in the first uplink signal can be carried by the first uplink signal.
具体实现中,终端设备将第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中,和所述第一PUCCH关联相同的CORESET组索引的PUCCH进行复用传输,这里假设所述第一上行信号和所述第一PUCCH关联相同的CORESET组索引。例如,所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引(CORESETPoolIndex)为0,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引(CORESETPoolIndex)也为0,所述第二上行信号关联的CORESET组索引(CORESETPoolIndex)为1,则此时终端设备将所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输。进一步的,在所述第二上行信号与所述第一PUCCH的CORESET组索引不同的情况下,终端设备可以不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号。In specific implementation, the terminal device multiplexes and transmits the first PUCCH with the PUCCH of the same CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH in the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal. It is assumed that the first PUCCH is here. An uplink signal and the first PUCCH are associated with the same CORESET group index. For example, the CORESET group index (CORESETPoolIndex) associated with the first PUCCH is 0, the CORESET group index (CORESETPoolIndex) associated with the first uplink signal is also 0, and the CORESET group index (CORESETPoolIndex) associated with the second uplink signal is also 0. If it is 1, the terminal device multiplexes the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal for transmission at this time. Further, in the case that the CORESET group index of the second uplink signal and the first PUCCH are different, the terminal device may not transmit the second uplink signal or transmit the first uplink signal on a different time domain resource Signal and the second uplink signal.
可以看出,本申请实施例中,终端通过将发给同一个TRP(即关联相同的CORESET组索引)的上行信号复用传输,并优先传输复用后的信息,从而尽可能少的避免丢弃信息,节约信道资源,提高信息传输效率。It can be seen that in this embodiment of the application, the terminal multiplexes the uplink signals sent to the same TRP (that is, associated with the same CORESET group index) and transmits the multiplexed information first, so as to avoid discarding as little as possible. Information, save channel resources, and improve information transmission efficiency.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一信息包括所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息;所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,包括以下至少一 项:在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与所述第一上行信号的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号相同时,确定所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与调度所述第一上行信号的DCI中的SRI信息所指示的SRS相同时,确定所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与所述第二上行信号的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号不同时,确定不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号;在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与调度所述第二上行信号的DCI中的SRI信息所指示的SRS不同时,确定不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号。In a possible example, the first information includes space-related information of the first PUCCH; the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal are determined according to the first information. At least one transmission mode includes at least one of the following: when the reference source signal indicated by the spatial related information of the first PUCCH is the same as the reference source signal indicated by the spatial related information of the first uplink signal, determining the second A PUCCH is multiplexed with the first uplink signal for transmission; when the reference source signal indicated by the spatial related information of the first PUCCH is the same as the SRS indicated by the SRI information in the DCI scheduling the first uplink signal, it is determined The first PUCCH is multiplexed with the first uplink signal for transmission; when the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the first PUCCH is different from the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the second uplink signal, It is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal or to transmit the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources; the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the first PUCCH and the scheduling station When the SRS indicated by the SRI information in the DCI of the second uplink signal is different, it is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal or to transmit the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources.
其中,在上行信号为PUCCH时,所述空间相关信息(Spatial relation Information)通过高层信令配置给PUCCH,空间相关信息所指示的参考源信号用于确定对应PUCCH的发送波束,终端可以根据发送或接收所述参考源信号的波束,确定对应PUCCH的发送波束。Wherein, when the uplink signal is PUCCH, the spatial correlation information (Spatial Relation Information) is configured to PUCCH through high-level signaling, and the reference source signal indicated by the spatial correlation information is used to determine the transmission beam corresponding to the PUCCH, and the terminal can send or The beam of the reference source signal is received, and the transmission beam corresponding to the PUCCH is determined.
其中,在上行信号为PUSCH时,调度上行信号的DCI中的SRI信息用于从多个SRS资源中选择一个SRS资源,终端可以根据该SRS资源确定所述PUSCH的传输参数。Wherein, when the uplink signal is the PUSCH, the SRI information in the DCI of the scheduling uplink signal is used to select one SRS resource from a plurality of SRS resources, and the terminal can determine the transmission parameter of the PUSCH according to the SRS resource.
在一种实施方式中,在所述第一上行信号和第二上行信号为PUSCH时,所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,具体为:在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与调度所述第一上行信号的DCI中的SRI信息所指示的SRS相同时,确定所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与调度所述第二上行信号的DCI中的SRI信息所指示的SRS不同时,确定不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号。In an implementation manner, when the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are PUSCHs, the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal are determined according to the first information. At least one transmission mode is specifically: when the reference source signal indicated by the spatial related information of the first PUCCH is the same as the SRS indicated by the SRI information in the DCI scheduling the first uplink signal, determining the first The PUCCH is multiplexed with the first uplink signal for transmission; when the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the first PUCCH is different from the SRS indicated by the SRI information in the DCI scheduling the second uplink signal, it is determined not to Transmitting the second uplink signal or transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources.
在一种实施方式中,在所述第一上行信号为PUSCH,所述第二上行信号为PUCCH时,所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,具体为:在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与调度所述第一上行信号的DCI中的SRI信息所指示的SRS相同时,确定所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与所述第二上行信号的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号不同时,确定不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号。In an implementation manner, when the first uplink signal is PUSCH and the second uplink signal is PUCCH, the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal are determined according to the first information. The transmission mode of at least one of the two uplink signals is specifically: determining when the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the first PUCCH is the same as the SRS indicated by the SRI information in the DCI scheduling the first uplink signal The first PUCCH and the first uplink signal are multiplexed for transmission; when the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the first PUCCH is different from the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the second uplink signal, It is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal or to transmit the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources.
在一种实施方式中,在所述第一上行信号为PUCCH,所述第二上行信号为PUSCH时,所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,包括:在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与所述第一上行信号的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号相同时,确定所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与调度所述第二上行信号的DCI中的SRI信息所指示的SRS不同时,确定不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号。In an implementation manner, when the first uplink signal is a PUCCH and the second uplink signal is a PUSCH, the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal are determined according to the first information. The transmission mode of at least one of the two uplink signals includes: determining the first PUCCH when the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the first PUCCH is the same as the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the first uplink signal A PUCCH is multiplexed with the first uplink signal for transmission; when the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the first PUCCH is different from the SRS indicated by the SRI information in the DCI scheduling the second uplink signal, it is determined The second uplink signal is not transmitted or the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are transmitted on different time domain resources.
举例说明,所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息所指示的参考源信号为SRS资源0,所述第一上行信号的空间相关信息所指示的参考源信号也为SRS资源0,所述第二上行信号的空间相关信息所指示的参考源信号为SRS资源1。或者,所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息所指示的参考源信号为SRS资源0,用于调度所述第一上行信号的DCI中的SRI信息也指示SRS资源0,所述第二上行信号的空间相关信息所指示的参考源信号为SRS资源1。For example, the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the first PUCCH is SRS resource 0, the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the first uplink signal is also SRS resource 0, and the second uplink signal The reference source signal indicated by the spatial correlation information of the signal is SRS resource 1. Alternatively, the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the first PUCCH is SRS resource 0, and the SRI information in the DCI used to schedule the first uplink signal also indicates SRS resource 0. The reference source signal indicated by the spatial related information is SRS resource 1.
可以看出,本申请实施例中,终端通过所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息,将发给同一个TRP的上行信号复用传输,并优先传输复用后的信息,从而尽可能少的避免丢弃信息,提高信息传输效率和节约资源。It can be seen that in this embodiment of the application, the terminal multiplexes the uplink signal sent to the same TRP through the space-related information of the first PUCCH, and preferentially transmits the multiplexed information, so as to avoid as little as possible Discard information, improve information transmission efficiency and save resources.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一信息包括所述第一PUCCH的TCI状态;所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,包括:在所述第一PUCCH的TCI状态指示的参考源信号与所述第一上行信号的TCI状态指示的参考源信号相同时,所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;和/或,在所述第一PUCCH的TCI状态指示的参考源信号与所述第一上行信号的TCI状态指示的参考源信号不同时,不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号。In a possible example, the first information includes the TCI status of the first PUCCH; the determining according to the first information is at least among the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal One transmission method includes: when the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first PUCCH is the same as the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first uplink signal, the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal Signal multiplexing transmission; and/or, when the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first PUCCH is different from the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal is not transmitted or Transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources.
其中,所述TCI状态指示的参考源信号可以用于确定对应上行信号的发送波束,也可以用于确定对应上行信号的其他信息,例如定时信息。以发送波束为例,终端可以根据发送或接收所述参考源信号的波束,确定对应上行信号的发送波束。Wherein, the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status may be used to determine the transmission beam corresponding to the uplink signal, and may also be used to determine other information corresponding to the uplink signal, such as timing information. Taking the sending beam as an example, the terminal may determine the sending beam corresponding to the uplink signal according to the beam for sending or receiving the reference source signal.
举例说明,所述第一PUCCH的TCI状态所指示的参考源信号为CSI-RS资源0,所述第一上行信号的TCI状态所指示的参考源信号也为CSI-RS资源0,所述第二上行信号的TCI状态所指示的参考源信号为SRS资源0。此时,所述PUSCH与所述第一上行信号进行复用传输。For example, the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first PUCCH is CSI-RS resource 0, the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first uplink signal is also CSI-RS resource 0, and the 2. The reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the uplink signal is SRS resource 0. At this time, the PUSCH and the first uplink signal are multiplexed for transmission.
可以看出,本申请实施例中,终端通过所述第一PUCCH的TCI状态,将发给同一个TRP的上行信号复用传输,并优先传输复用后的信息,从而尽可能少的避免丢弃信息,提高信息传输的效率和节约信道资源。It can be seen that in this embodiment of the application, the terminal multiplexes the uplink signal sent to the same TRP through the TCI state of the first PUCCH, and transmits the multiplexed information first, so as to avoid discarding as little as possible. Information, improve the efficiency of information transmission and save channel resources.
在本申请的以上实施例中,所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输,可以包括:将所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号承载的信息复用后,在所述第一PUCCH或所述第一上行信号中传输复用后的信息。In the above embodiments of the present application, the multiplexing and transmission of the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal may include: after multiplexing the first PUCCH and the information carried by the first uplink signal, The multiplexed information is transmitted in the first PUCCH or the first uplink signal.
其中,终端将所述第一上行信号和所述第一PUCCH中携带的信息复用,可以是将所述第一上行信号携带的信息和所述第一PUCCH携带的信息级联后进行信道编码。Wherein, the terminal multiplexes the first uplink signal and the information carried in the first PUCCH, which may be channel coding after concatenating the information carried in the first uplink signal and the information carried in the first PUCCH .
在一种实施方式中,当所述第一上行信号为第二PUCCH时,将所述第一PUCCH与所述第二PUCCH承载的信息复用;以及在所述第一PUCCH,所述第二PUCCH或第三PUCCH上传输复用后的信息。例如,如果复用的信息在所述第一PUCCH中传输,则终端不传输所述第二上行信号。如果复用的信息在所述第二PUCCH中传输,则终端在不同的时域资源上传输所述第二上行信号。具体实现中,终端还可以在第三PUCCH上传输复用后的上行信息,所述第四PUCCH可以是网络上报配置的专门用于复用传输多个上行控制信息的PUCCH资源。In an embodiment, when the first uplink signal is the second PUCCH, multiplex the information carried by the first PUCCH and the second PUCCH; and in the first PUCCH, the second PUCCH The multiplexed information is transmitted on the PUCCH or the third PUCCH. For example, if the multiplexed information is transmitted in the first PUCCH, the terminal does not transmit the second uplink signal. If the multiplexed information is transmitted in the second PUCCH, the terminal transmits the second uplink signal on different time domain resources. In a specific implementation, the terminal may also transmit multiplexed uplink information on the third PUCCH, and the fourth PUCCH may be a PUCCH resource specifically used for multiplexing and transmitting multiple uplink control information configured by the network.
例如,如图2B所示,所述第一PUCCH为承载CSI的PUCCH,所述第一上行信号为承载HARQ-ACK的第二PUCCH,所述第二上行信号为PUSCH,则终端可以将所述HARQ-ACK和所述CSI复用后,在第一PUCCH上传输。此时,由于第二上行信号与第一PUCCH是时域重叠的,终端就会放弃此次第二上行信号的传输。For example, as shown in FIG. 2B, the first PUCCH is a PUCCH that carries CSI, the first uplink signal is a second PUCCH that carries HARQ-ACK, and the second uplink signal is a PUSCH. After the HARQ-ACK is multiplexed with the CSI, it is transmitted on the first PUCCH. At this time, since the second uplink signal and the first PUCCH overlap in the time domain, the terminal will abandon the transmission of the second uplink signal this time.
又例如,如图2C所示,所述第一PUCCH为承载SR的PUCCH,所述第一上行信号为承载CSI的第二PUCCH,所述第二上行信号为PUSCH,则终端可以将所述SR和所述CSI复用后,在所述第一上行信号中传输。此时,终端仍然可以在其他时域资源上传输第二上行信号,即在不同的时域资源上传 输所述第二PUCCH和所述PUSCH。For another example, as shown in FIG. 2C, the first PUCCH is a PUCCH that carries SR, the first uplink signal is a second PUCCH that carries CSI, and the second uplink signal is a PUSCH, then the terminal can send the SR After being multiplexed with the CSI, it is transmitted in the first uplink signal. At this time, the terminal can still transmit the second uplink signal on other time domain resources, that is, the second PUCCH and the PUSCH are uploaded and transmitted on different time domain resources.
在另一种实施方式中,当所述第一上行信号为PUSCH时,将所述第一PUCCH承载的信息与所述PUSCH中的数据复用后,在所述PUSCH上传输复用后的数据,同时在不同的时域资源上传输所述第二上行信号。此时,所述第二上行信号可以是PUCCH也可以是PUSCH。In another implementation manner, when the first uplink signal is the PUSCH, after multiplexing the information carried by the first PUCCH with the data in the PUSCH, the multiplexed data is transmitted on the PUSCH , Simultaneously transmitting the second uplink signal on different time domain resources. At this time, the second uplink signal may be PUCCH or PUSCH.
其中,所述PUSCH可以是DCI调度的PUSCH,或者,也可以是RRC调度的PUSCH。Wherein, the PUSCH may be a PUSCH scheduled by DCI, or may also be a PUSCH scheduled by RRC.
其中,所述RRC调度的PUSCH为类型1配置的PUSCH(type 1 configured grant PUSCH),所述PUSCH的传输参数是RRC配置的,且传输资源是周期性出现的,周期是RRC配置的。Wherein, the PUSCH scheduled by the RRC is a type 1 configured PUSCH (type 1 configured grant PUSCH), the transmission parameters of the PUSCH are configured by RRC, and transmission resources appear periodically, and the period is configured by RRC.
例如,如图2D所示,所述第一PUCCH承载CSI,所述第一上行信号为第一PUSCH,所述第二上行信号为第二PUSCH,终端可以将所述第一PUCCH中的CSI与所述第一PUSCH中的数据复用后,在所述第一PUSCH上传输。此时,终端仍然可以在其他时域资源上传输第二上行信号,即在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一PUSCH和所述第二PUSCH。For example, as shown in FIG. 2D, the first PUCCH carries CSI, the first uplink signal is the first PUSCH, and the second uplink signal is the second PUSCH. The terminal may combine the CSI in the first PUCCH with After the data in the first PUSCH is multiplexed, it is transmitted on the first PUSCH. At this time, the terminal may still transmit the second uplink signal on other time domain resources, that is, transmit the first PUSCH and the second PUSCH on different time domain resources.
可以看出,本申请实施例中,终端通过将第一PUCCH中的信息与第一上行信号进行复用,尽可能的避免了丢弃信息,提高信息传输的效率和节约信道资源。It can be seen that, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal multiplexes the information in the first PUCCH with the first uplink signal to avoid discarding information as much as possible, improving the efficiency of information transmission and saving channel resources.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,具体为:在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号,不传输所述第一PUCCH。In a possible example, the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal is specifically: transmitting the first uplink signal on different time domain resources And the second uplink signal, the first PUCCH is not transmitted.
其中,本示例中的方法的应用场景包括但不限于:所述第一PUCCH携带的信息较多或者所述第二上行信号承载的信息的优先级高于第一PUCCH承载的信息的情况。例如,所述第二上行信号承载HARQ-ACK,或者SR,或者较为重要的CSI的情况。The application scenarios of the method in this example include but are not limited to: the first PUCCH carries more information or the priority of the information carried by the second uplink signal is higher than the information carried by the first PUCCH. For example, the second uplink signal carries HARQ-ACK, or SR, or more important CSI.
例如,在所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号关联相同的CORESET组索引,且所述第一PUCCH与所述第二上行信号关联不同的CORESET组索引时,由于第一上行信号能承载的信息有限,终端不能将第一PUCCH中的信息复用到所述第一上行信号中。For example, when the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal are associated with the same CORESET group index, and the first PUCCH and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes, the first uplink signal can carry The information is limited, and the terminal cannot multiplex the information in the first PUCCH into the first uplink signal.
例如,如图2E所示,所述第一PUCCH承载CSI,所述第一上行信号为承载HARQ-ACK的第二PUCCH,所述第二上行信号为承载非周期性CSI的PUSCH,由于所述第二PUCCH和所述PUSCH的优先级都高于所述第一PUCCH,且所述第一PUCCH中的CSI无法复用到第二PUCCH上,终端只能放弃第一PUCCH,只传输第一上行信号和第二上行信号。For example, as shown in FIG. 2E, the first PUCCH carries CSI, the first uplink signal is the second PUCCH carrying HARQ-ACK, and the second uplink signal is the PUSCH carrying aperiodic CSI. The priority of the second PUCCH and the PUSCH are both higher than the first PUCCH, and the CSI in the first PUCCH cannot be multiplexed onto the second PUCCH, the terminal can only abandon the first PUCCH and only transmit the first uplink Signal and the second uplink signal.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一信息包括网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式;所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,包括:在所述ACK/NACK反馈模式为联合反馈的情况下,确定将所述第一上行信号,第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH承载的信息进行复用,在同一个PUSCH上传输;和/或,在所述ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈的情况下,确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式包括以下至少一种:确定不传输所述第一PUCCH,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号;确定将所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号承载的信息进行复用,在所述第一PUCCH上传输,以及确定不传输第二上行信号;确定传输所述第一上行信号和第二上行信号,以及确定不传输所述第一PUCCH;将所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号承载的信息进行复用,并在所述第一上行信号上传输,以及确定在不同的时域资源上传输所述第二上行信号。In a possible example, the first information includes the ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network; the first information is determined to be at least among the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal. One transmission method includes: when the ACK/NACK feedback mode is joint feedback, determining to multiplex the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the information carried by the first PUCCH, in the same Transmission on one PUSCH; and/or, when the ACK/NACK feedback mode is independent feedback, determine the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal It includes at least one of the following: determining not to transmit the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal; determining to multiplex the first PUCCH and the information carried by the first uplink signal, Transmit on the first PUCCH, and determine not to transmit the second uplink signal; determine to transmit the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal, and determine not to transmit the first PUCCH; combine the first PUCCH with all the The information carried by the first uplink signal is multiplexed and transmitted on the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal is determined to be transmitted on a different time domain resource.
其中,所述ACK/NACK反馈模式可以通过RRC信令进行配置。Wherein, the ACK/NACK feedback mode can be configured through RRC signaling.
具体实现中,确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式可以是:如图2F所示,在所述ACK/NACK反馈模式为联合反馈的情况下,将所述第一上行信号,第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH承载的信息进行复用,在同一个PUSCH上传输。In specific implementation, determining the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal may be as follows: as shown in FIG. 2F, the ACK/NACK feedback mode is joint feedback In the case, the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal and the information carried by the first PUCCH are multiplexed and transmitted on the same PUSCH.
具体实现中,所述传输方式可以是上述传输方式的任意组合,此处不再过多赘述。In a specific implementation, the transmission mode may be any combination of the foregoing transmission modes, which will not be repeated here.
具体实现中,采用上述哪种传输方式可以根据所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引或空间相关信息或TCI状态来确定,具体参考前述示例描述。In specific implementation, which transmission mode is adopted can be determined according to the CORESET group index or space-related information or TCI state associated with the first PUCCH. For details, refer to the foregoing example description.
可以看出,本申请实施例中,终端通过网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式和确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,传输复用后的数据,提高信息传输的效率和节约信道资源。网络设备可以根据当前的backhaul情况,配置采用独立反馈还是联合反馈,从而支持不同backhaul情况下的上行信息复用,在资源冲突时传输尽可能多的上行信息。It can be seen that in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal transmits the complex by using the ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network and the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal. The used data improves the efficiency of information transmission and saves channel resources. The network equipment can configure whether to use independent feedback or joint feedback according to the current backhaul situation, so as to support uplink information multiplexing under different backhaul situations, and transmit as much uplink information as possible when resource conflicts occur.
在一个可能的示例中,所述确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,包括:根据预设的规则,确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式。In a possible example, the determining that the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH The transmission mode of at least one of the two uplink signals includes: determining a transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to a preset rule.
具体实现中,在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,终端根据预设的规则,确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,其中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的控制资源集CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个为PUSCH。In specific implementation, in the case that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the terminal determines the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the first PUCCH according to a preset rule. The transmission mode of at least one of the second uplink signals, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal At least one of the signals is PUSCH.
具体实现中,所述方法可以用于网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈的情况。即本方法可以进一步描述为:在网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈,且第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,终端根据预设的规则,确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,其中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的控制资源集CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个为PUSCH。In specific implementation, the method can be used when the ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network is independent feedback. That is, this method can be further described as: in the case that the ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network is independent feedback, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the terminal according to the preset Rule to determine the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource sets CORESET group index, and at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is PUSCH.
可以看出,本申请实施例中,在终端无法确定第一PUCCH对应的TRP(即关联的CORESET组索引)的情况下,基于预设的规则确定复用方式可以解决终端丢弃掉所有资源冲突的上行信息问题,传输尽可能多的上行信息。It can be seen that in the embodiment of this application, in the case that the terminal cannot determine the TRP corresponding to the first PUCCH (that is, the associated CORESET group index), determining the multiplexing mode based on the preset rule can solve the problem of the terminal discarding all resource conflicts. Uplink information problem, transmit as much uplink information as possible.
在一个可能的示例中,所述预设的规则包括以下至少一项:所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中关联的CORESET组索引为预设值的上行信号复用传输;所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中时间靠前的上行信号复用传输;所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中调度DCI时间靠前的上行信号复用传输;所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中调度DCI采用约定的DCI格式的PUCCH复用传输。In a possible example, the preset rule includes at least one of the following: the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal associated with the CORESET group index is a preset value of uplink Signal multiplexing transmission; the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the uplink signal that is earlier in the second uplink signal are multiplexed and transmitted; the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the In the second uplink signal, the uplink signal with the earlier scheduled DCI time is multiplexed and transmitted; the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal and the scheduled DCI in the second uplink signal are multiplexed and transmitted by using a PUCCH with an agreed DCI format.
具体实现中,所述预设的规则可以是:所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中关联的CORESET组索引为预设值的PUCCH复用传输。In specific implementation, the preset rule may be: PUCCH multiplexing transmission in which the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is a preset value.
其中,所述第一PUCCH可以是与关联的CORESET组索引为0的上行信号复用传输,或者是与关联的CORESET组索引为1的上行信号复用传输。Wherein, the first PUCCH may be multiplexed transmission with an uplink signal with an associated CORESET group index of 0, or multiplexed transmission with an uplink signal with an associated CORESET group index of 1.
例如,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为0,所述第二上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为1,则所述第一PUCCH可以是与第一上行信号进行复用传输。For example, if the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is 0, and the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is 1, then the first PUCCH may be multiplexed and transmitted with the first uplink signal.
具体实现中,所述预设的规则可以是:所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中时间靠前的上行信号复用传输。In specific implementation, the preset rule may be: the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the upstream signal in the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal.
例如,如果第一上行信号占用的OFDM符号比第二上行信号占用的OFDM符号更靠前,则所述第一PUCCH与第一上行信号复用传输,不与第二上行信号复用传输。For example, if the OFDM symbol occupied by the first uplink signal is more advanced than the OFDM symbol occupied by the second uplink signal, the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the first uplink signal, and not multiplexed and transmitted with the second uplink signal.
具体实现中,所述预设的规则可以是:所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中调度DCI时间靠前的PUCCH复用传输。In specific implementation, the preset rule may be: the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the PUCCH scheduled for the earlier DCI time in the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal.
其中,在所述第一上行信号为携带HARQ-ACK的PUCCH情况下,所述第一上行信号的调度DCI可以是用于调度所述HARQ-ACK对应的PDSCH的DCI。在所述第二上行信号携带HARQ-ACK情况下,所述第二上行信号的调度DCI可以是用于调度所述HARQ-ACK对应的PDSCH的DCI。Wherein, in the case that the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying HARQ-ACK, the scheduling DCI of the first uplink signal may be the DCI used to schedule the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ-ACK. In the case that the second uplink signal carries HARQ-ACK, the scheduled DCI of the second uplink signal may be the DCI used to schedule the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ-ACK.
其中,在所述第一上行信号为携带CSI的PUCCH情况下,所述第一上行信号的调度DCI可以是用于触发所述CSI的DCI。在所述第二上行信号为携带CSI的PUCCH的情况下,所述第二上行信号的触发DCI可以是用于调度所述CSI的DCI。Wherein, in a case where the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying CSI, the scheduled DCI of the first uplink signal may be a DCI used to trigger the CSI. In the case that the second uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying CSI, the triggering DCI of the second uplink signal may be the DCI used to schedule the CSI.
例如,在所述第一上行信号为PUSCH,所述第二上行信号为携带CSI信息的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中哪一个的调度DCI时间更靠前,则第一PUCCH和上述调度DCI时间更靠前的上行信号复用传输。For example, in a case where the first uplink signal is PUSCH and the second uplink signal is PUCCH carrying CSI information, which of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal has a better scheduling DCI time Before, the first PUCCH and the uplink signal with the earlier scheduled DCI time are multiplexed for transmission.
具体实现中,所述预设的规则可以是:所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中调度DCI采用约定的DCI格式的PUCCH复用传输。In specific implementation, the preset rule may be: the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are scheduled for DCI multiplexing transmission using a PUCCH in an agreed DCI format.
其中,所述约定的DCI格式可以是特定的DCI格式,例如DCI格式1_0或DCI格式0_0。Wherein, the agreed DCI format may be a specific DCI format, such as DCI format 1_0 or DCI format 0_0.
举例说明,所述第一上行信号的调度DCI采用DCI格式1_0,所述第二上行信号的调度DCI采用DCI格式1_1,则第一PUCCH就和第一上行信号复用传输。For example, if the scheduling DCI of the first uplink signal adopts the DCI format 1_0, and the scheduling DCI of the second uplink signal adopts the DCI format 1_1, the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal are multiplexed for transmission.
具体实现中,所述预设的规则可以是上述预设规则的任意组合,此处不再过多赘述。In a specific implementation, the preset rule may be any combination of the foregoing preset rules, which will not be repeated here.
需要进一步解释的是,上述传输方式可以是预设的,可以是根据所述第一上行信号、所述第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH中携带的信息所确定的。It should be further explained that the foregoing transmission mode may be preset, and may be determined according to the information carried in the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH.
可以看出,本申请实施例中,在终端无法确定第一PUCCH对应的TRP(即关联的CORESET组索引)的情况下,基于预设的规则确定传输方式可以解决终端丢弃掉所有资源冲突的上行信息得问题,传输尽可能多的上行信息。It can be seen that in the embodiment of this application, in the case that the terminal cannot determine the TRP (ie the associated CORESET group index) corresponding to the first PUCCH, determining the transmission mode based on the preset rule can solve the problem that the terminal discards all resource conflicting uplinks. If there is a problem with information, transmit as much upstream information as possible.
在一个可能的示例中,所述确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,包括:确定不传输所述第一上行信号、所述第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH。In a possible example, the determining that the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH The transmission mode of at least one of the two uplink signals includes: determining not to transmit the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH.
换句话说,在本方法中,在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式为:不传输所述第一上行信号、所述第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH,其中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的控制资源集CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个为PUSCH。In other words, in this method, when both the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second The transmission mode of at least one of the uplink signals is: not transmitting the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different The control resource set CORESET group index, and at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is PUSCH.
在本示例中,本方法可以用于网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈的情况下。此时,本方法可以描述为:在网络配置的ACKNACK反馈模式为独立反馈,且第一上行信号和第二上行信号都与第一PUCCH时域重叠的情况下,确定不传输所述第一上行信号,所述第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH,其中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的控制资源集CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个为PUSCH。In this example, this method can be used when the ACK/NACK feedback mode of the network configuration is independent feedback. At this time, the method can be described as: when the ACKNACK feedback mode configured by the network is independent feedback, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap with the first PUCCH time domain, it is determined not to transmit the first uplink Signal, the second uplink signal and the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the At least one of the second uplink signals is PUSCH.
在本示例中,本方法也可以描述为:在网络配置的ACKNACK反馈模式为独立反馈,且第一上行信号和第二上行信号关联不同的CORESET组索引的情况下,终端不期望所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号同时与第一PUCCH时域重叠。一旦出现了这种时域重叠的情况,终端会视为一个错误情况(error case),不进行所述第一上行信号,所述第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH的传输,这些信道上传输的信息将会被丢弃。In this example, the method can also be described as: when the ACKNACK feedback mode configured by the network is independent feedback, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes, the terminal does not expect the first The uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap with the first PUCCH in time domain at the same time. Once this time-domain overlap occurs, the terminal will regard it as an error case and will not perform the transmission of the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH. The transmitted information will be discarded.
可以看出,本申请实施例中,通过基站的资源调度来解决PUCCH同时与不同TRP的PUSCH和/或PUCCH发生资源冲突,从而尽可能的避免了终端需要丢弃上行信息的情况,也降低了终端进行信息复用的处理复杂度。It can be seen that in the embodiment of this application, resource scheduling of the base station is used to solve the resource conflict between PUCCH and PUSCH and/or PUCCH of different TRPs at the same time, thereby avoiding the situation that the terminal needs to discard uplink information as much as possible, and also reducing the terminal The processing complexity of information multiplexing.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一PUCCH包括以下任意一种:承载CSI的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH。In a possible example, the first PUCCH includes any one of the following: PUCCH carrying CSI or PUCCH carrying SR.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一上行信号为PUSCH,承载CSI的PUCCH,承载HARQ的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH中的任意一种。In a possible example, the first uplink signal is any one of PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ, or PUCCH carrying SR.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第二上行信号为PUSCH,承载CSI的PUCCH,承载HARQ的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH中的任意一种。In a possible example, the second uplink signal is any one of PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ, or PUCCH carrying SR.
其中,所述PUSCH可以是DCI调度的PUSCH,或者,也可以是RRC调度的PUSCH。Wherein, the PUSCH may be a PUSCH scheduled by DCI, or may also be a PUSCH scheduled by RRC.
需要注意的是,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少有一个是PUSCH。It should be noted that at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is a PUSCH.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为PUSCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述PUSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In a possible example, when the first uplink signal is the PUSCH, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH for scheduling the PUSCH is located.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为承载第一HARQ-ACK的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的PDSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。类似的,在所述第二上行信号为承载第二HARQ-ACK的PUCCH的情况下,所述第二上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述第二HARQ-ACK对应的PDSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In a possible example, in the case that the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying the first HARQ-ACK, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is scheduling the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK The CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH is located. Similarly, in the case that the second uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying a second HARQ-ACK, the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is the PDCCH where the PDSCH corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK is scheduled CORESET group index of CORESET.
其中,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引可以是1,可以是0,可以是是预设的值。Wherein, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal may be 1, may be 0, or may be a preset value.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为承载CSI的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为高层信令配置的与所述第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为与所述CSI对应的CSI上报配置关联的CORESET组索引。In a possible example, in a case where the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying CSI, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the PUCCH resource configured by higher layer signaling and the first uplink signal The associated CORESET group index, or the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
类似的,在所述第二上行信号为承载CSI的PUCCH的情况下,也可以按照以上方法确定,即所述第二上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为高层信令配置的与所述第二上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所述第二上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为与所述CSI对应的CSI上报配 置关联的CORESET组索引。Similarly, in the case that the second uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying CSI, it can also be determined according to the above method, that is, the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is configured by the higher layer signaling and the second uplink The CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource of the signal, or the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
其中,高层信令配置的与所述第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引可以为1,也可以是0,或者是预设的值。与所述CSI对应的CSI上报配置关联的CORESET组索引可以为1,也可以是0,或者是预设的值。Wherein, the CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource of the first uplink signal configured by high-layer signaling may be 1, or 0, or a preset value. The CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI may be 1, or 0, or a preset value.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为承载SR的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为高层信令配置的与所述第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为0。In a possible example, in the case that the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying SR, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the PUCCH resource configured by higher layer signaling and the first uplink signal The index of the associated CORESET group, or the index of the CORESET group associated with the first uplink signal is 0.
其中,高层信令配置的与所述第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引可以为1,也可以是0,或者是预设的值。Wherein, the CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource of the first uplink signal configured by high-layer signaling may be 1, or 0, or a preset value.
类似的,在所述第二上行信号为承载SR的PUCCH的情况下,也可以按照以上方法确定,即所述第二上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为高层信令配置的与所述第二上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所述第二上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为0。Similarly, in the case that the second uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying SR, it can also be determined according to the above method, that is, the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is configured by the higher layer signaling and the second uplink The CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource of the signal, or the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is 0.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号的在时域上不重叠。In a possible example, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap in the time domain.
其中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号的在时域上不重叠具体是指:所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号占用一个时隙内的不同OFDM符号。Wherein, the non-overlapping of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal in the time domain specifically refers to: the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy different OFDM symbols in one time slot.
其中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号占用一个时隙内的不同OFDM符号,可以是所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号占用一个时隙内的相邻的不同OFDM符号,可以是所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号占用一个时隙内的不相邻的不同OFDM符号。Wherein, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy different OFDM symbols in one time slot, which may be that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy adjacent different OFDM symbols in one time slot. The OFDM symbol may be different non-adjacent OFDM symbols in a time slot occupied by the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal.
在一个可能的示例中,在确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式之后,所述方法还包括:根据所述传输方式,传输所述第一上行信号、所述第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH中的至少一个信号。In a possible example, when it is determined that both the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second After the transmission mode of at least one of the uplink signals, the method further includes: transmitting at least one of the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH according to the transmission mode.
本示例中,如果所述传输方式为:确定不传输所述第一上行信号,所述第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH,则终端不传输所述第一上行信号,所述第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH。如果所述传输方式不为以上方式,则在确定所述第一PUCCH与所述目标PUCCH的传输方式之后,所述方法还包括:根据所述传输方式,传输所述第一上行信号、所述第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH中的至少一个信号。具体的传输方式可以参考前面示例的描述。在一个可能的示例中,所述方法还包括:接收网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式指示信息,所述指示信息所指示的ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈。In this example, if the transmission mode is: it is determined not to transmit the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal and the first PUCCH, then the terminal does not transmit the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal Signal and the first PUCCH. If the transmission mode is not the above mode, after determining the transmission mode of the first PUCCH and the target PUCCH, the method further includes: according to the transmission mode, transmitting the first uplink signal, the At least one signal of the second uplink signal and the first PUCCH. For the specific transmission mode, refer to the description of the previous example. In a possible example, the method further includes: receiving ACK/NACK feedback mode indication information configured by the network, where the ACK/NACK feedback mode indicated by the indication information is independent feedback.
如图3所示,本申请实施例提供一种信息传输方法,应用与网络设备,所述方法包含以下步骤:As shown in FIG. 3, an embodiment of the present application provides an information transmission method, application and network equipment, and the method includes the following steps:
S301,网络设备向终端发送第一配置信息、第二配置信息和第三配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一上行信号,所述第二配置信息用于配置第二上行信号,所述第三配置信息用于配置第一PUCCH,其中所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号不同时与所述第一PUCCH时域重叠。对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的所述第一配置信息、所述第二配置信息和所述第三配置信息,其中所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号不同时与所述第一PUCCH时域重叠。S301: The network device sends first configuration information, second configuration information, and third configuration information to a terminal, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink signal, and the second configuration information is used to configure a second uplink signal. The third configuration information is used to configure the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are not at the same time. It overlaps with the first PUCCH in time domain. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first configuration information, the second configuration information, and the third configuration information from the network device, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET groups Index, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap with the first PUCCH time domain at the same time.
其中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号不同时与所述第一PUCCH时域重叠,表示网络设备在确定第一配置信息,第二配置信息和第三配置信息时,不能配置所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号同时与所述第一PUCCH时域重叠,即要排除以下情况:第一上行信号与第一PUCCH时域重叠,且第二上行信号与第一PUCCH时域重叠。Wherein, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap with the first PUCCH time domain at the same time, which means that the network device cannot configure when determining the first configuration information, the second configuration information, and the third configuration information. The first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap with the first PUCCH time domain at the same time, that is, the following situation shall be excluded: the first uplink signal overlaps with the first PUCCH time domain, and the second uplink signal overlaps with the first PUCCH time domain. The PUCCH time domain overlaps.
具体实现时,如果网络配置的ACKNACK反馈模式为独立反馈,且配置的第一上行信号和第二上行信号关联不同的CORESET组索引,则网络设备不能配置所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号同时与第一PUCCH时域上重叠。网络设备在配置所述第一上行信号,所述第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH的资源时应该避免这种情况,否则终端设备可以不发送这些信号。In specific implementation, if the ACKNACK feedback mode configured by the network is independent feedback, and the configured first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes, the network device cannot configure the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal. The uplink signal overlaps with the first PUCCH in the time domain at the same time. The network device should avoid this situation when configuring the resources of the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal and the first PUCCH, otherwise the terminal device may not send these signals.
可以看出,本申请实施例中,通过基站的资源调度来避免一个PUCCH同时与不同TRP的上行信号发生资源冲突,从而尽可能的避免了终端需要丢弃上行信息的情况,也降低了终端进行信息复用的处理复杂度。It can be seen that in the embodiment of this application, resource scheduling of the base station is used to avoid resource conflicts between a PUCCH and uplink signals of different TRPs at the same time, thereby avoiding the situation where the terminal needs to discard the uplink information as much as possible, and also reducing the terminal information. The processing complexity of multiplexing.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一PUCCH包括以下任意一种:承载CSI的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH。In a possible example, the first PUCCH includes any one of the following: PUCCH carrying CSI or PUCCH carrying SR.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一上行信号为PUSCH,承载CSI的PUCCH,承载HARQ的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH中的任意一种。In a possible example, the first uplink signal is any one of PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ, or PUCCH carrying SR.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第二上行信号为PUSCH,承载CSI的PUCCH,承载HARQ的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH中的任意一种。In a possible example, the second uplink signal is any one of PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ, or PUCCH carrying SR.
其中,所述PUSCH可以是DCI调度的PUSCH,或者,也可以是RRC调度的PUSCH。Wherein, the PUSCH may be a PUSCH scheduled by DCI, or may also be a PUSCH scheduled by RRC.
需要注意的是,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少有一个是PUSCH。It should be noted that at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is a PUSCH.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为PUSCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述PUSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In a possible example, when the first uplink signal is the PUSCH, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH for scheduling the PUSCH is located.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为承载第一HARQ-ACK的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的PDSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In a possible example, in the case that the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying the first HARQ-ACK, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is scheduling the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK The CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH is located.
在一个可能实施的方式中,在所述第二上行信号为承载第二HARQ-ACK的PUCCH的情况下,所述第二上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述第二HARQ-ACK对应的PDSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In a possible implementation manner, in the case that the second uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying a second HARQ-ACK, the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is the index corresponding to the scheduling of the second HARQ-ACK The CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH of the PDSCH is located.
其中,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引可以是1,可以是0,可以是是预设的值。Wherein, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal may be 1, may be 0, or may be a preset value.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为承载CSI的PUCCH情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为高层信令配置的与所述第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为与所述CSI对应的CSI上报配置关联的CORESET组索引。In a possible example, in the case that the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying CSI, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is associated with the PUCCH resource of the first uplink signal configured by higher layer signaling Or, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
类似的,在所述第二上行信号为承载CSI的PUCCH情况下,也可以按照以上方法确定,即所述第二上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为高层信令配置的与所述第二上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所述第二上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为与所述CSI对应的CSI上报配置关联的CORESET组索引。Similarly, in the case that the second uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying CSI, it can also be determined according to the above method, that is, the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is configured by the higher-layer signaling and the second uplink signal The CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource, or the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
其中,高层信令配置的与所述第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引可以为1,也可以是0,或者是预设的值。与所述CSI对应的CSI上报配置关联的CORESET组索引可以为1,也可以是0,或者是预设的值。Wherein, the CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource of the first uplink signal configured by high-layer signaling may be 1, or 0, or a preset value. The CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI may be 1, or 0, or a preset value.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为承载SR的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为高层信令配置的与所述第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为0。In a possible example, in the case that the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying SR, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the PUCCH resource configured by higher layer signaling and the first uplink signal The index of the associated CORESET group, or the index of the CORESET group associated with the first uplink signal is 0.
其中,高层信令配置的与所述第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引可以为1,也可以是0,或者是预设的值。Wherein, the CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource of the first uplink signal configured by high-layer signaling may be 1, or 0, or a preset value.
类似的,在所述第二上行信号为承载SR的PUCCH的情况下,也可以按照以上方法确定,即所述第二上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为高层信令配置的与所述第二上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所述第二上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为0。Similarly, in the case that the second uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying SR, it can also be determined according to the above method, that is, the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is configured by the higher layer signaling and the second uplink The CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource of the signal, or the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal is 0.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号的在时域上不重叠。In a possible example, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap in the time domain.
其中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号的在时域上不重叠具体是指:所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号占用一个时隙内的不同OFDM符号。Wherein, the non-overlapping of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal in the time domain specifically refers to: the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy different OFDM symbols in one time slot.
其中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号占用一个时隙内的不同OFDM符号,可以是所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号占用一个时隙内的相邻的不同OFDM符号,可以是所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号占用一个时隙内的不相邻的不同OFDM符号。Wherein, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy different OFDM symbols in one time slot, which may be that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy adjacent different OFDM symbols in one time slot. The OFDM symbol may be different non-adjacent OFDM symbols in a time slot occupied by the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一PUCCH包括以下任意一种:承载CSI的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH。In a possible example, the first PUCCH includes any one of the following: PUCCH carrying CSI or PUCCH carrying SR.
在一个可能的示例中,向所述终端发送第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息用于配置ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈。In a possible example, fourth configuration information is sent to the terminal, where the fourth configuration information is used to configure the ACK/NACK feedback mode as independent feedback.
在一个可能的示例中,所述确定所述第一上行信号和第二上行信号不同时与所述第一PUCCH时域重叠之后,还包括:接收来自所述终端的所述第一上行信号、第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH中的至少一个信号。In a possible example, after determining that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap the first PUCCH in time domain at the same time, the method further includes: receiving the first uplink signal from the terminal, At least one signal of the second uplink signal and the first PUCCH.
与上述图2A所示的实施例一致的,请参阅图4,图4是本申请实施例提供的一种终端400的结构示意图,如图所示,所述终端400包括处理器410、存储器420、通信接口440以及一个或多个程序421,其中,所述一个或多个程序421被存储在上述存储器420中,并且被配置由上述处理器410执行,所述一个或多个程序421包括用于执行如下操作的指令:Consistent with the embodiment shown in FIG. 2A, please refer to FIG. 4. FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in the figure, the terminal 400 includes a processor 410 and a memory 420. , A communication interface 440 and one or more programs 421, wherein the one or more programs 421 are stored in the above-mentioned memory 420 and are configured to be executed by the above-mentioned processor 410, and the one or more programs 421 include Instructions for performing the following operations:
确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,其中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的控制资源集CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个上行信号为PUSCH。Determine the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal when the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH , Wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is PUSCH.
可以看出,本申请实施例中,终端通过确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,其中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的控制资源集CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个上行信号为PUSCH。根据所述传输方式,传输复用后的信 息,优先传输复用后的信息,从而尽可能少的避免丢弃信息,提高上行控制信息传输的效率和节约信道资源。It can be seen that in this embodiment of the application, the terminal determines that the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the The transmission mode of at least one of the second uplink signals, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes. At least one of the uplink signals is PUSCH. According to the transmission mode, the multiplexed information is transmitted, and the multiplexed information is transmitted first, so as to avoid discarding information as little as possible, improve the efficiency of uplink control information transmission and save channel resources.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式方面,所述程序包括用于执行如下操作的指令:根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,所述第一信息包括以下至少一种:所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引;所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息;所述第一PUCCH的传输配置指示TCI状态;网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式。In a possible example, in the case where it is determined that both the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the Regarding the transmission mode of at least one of the second uplink signals, the program includes instructions for performing the following operations: determining the first PUCCH according to the first information, and at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal In one transmission mode, the first information includes at least one of the following: the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH; the spatial related information of the first PUCCH; the transmission configuration of the first PUCCH indicates the TCI status; the network Configured ACK/NACK feedback mode.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一信息包括所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引;在所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式方面,所述程序包括用于执行如下操作的指令:在所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引与所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引相同时,确定所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;和/或,在所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引与所述第二上行信号关联的CORESET组索引不同情况下,确定不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号。In a possible example, the first information includes the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH; the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal are determined according to the first information. Regarding the transmission mode of at least one of the signals, the program includes instructions for executing the following operations: when the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH is the same as the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal, it is determined that the The first PUCCH is multiplexed with the first uplink signal for transmission; and/or, when the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH is different from the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal, it is determined not to transmit the The second uplink signal or the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are transmitted on different time domain resources.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一信息包括所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息;在所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式方面,所述程序包括用于执行如下操作的至少一个指令:在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与所述第一上行信号的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号相同时,确定所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与调度所述第一上行信号的DCI中的SRI信息所指示的SRS相同时,确定所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与所述第二上行信号的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号不同时,确定不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号;在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与调度所述第二上行信号的DCI中的SRI信息所指示的SRS不同时,确定不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号。In a possible example, the first information includes spatial related information of the first PUCCH; in the step of determining the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information In terms of the transmission mode of at least one of the above, the program includes at least one instruction for performing the following operations: the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the first PUCCH and the space-related information indicated by the first uplink signal When the reference source signal is the same, it is determined that the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the first uplink signal; the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the first PUCCH and the DCI scheduling the first uplink signal When the SRS indicated by the SRI information is the same, it is determined that the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the first uplink signal; the space between the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the first PUCCH and the second uplink signal When the reference source signals indicated by the related information are different, it is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal or to transmit the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources; in the space of the first PUCCH When the reference source signal indicated by the related information is different from the SRS indicated by the SRI information in the DCI scheduling the second uplink signal, it is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal or to transmit the first uplink signal on a different time domain resource. An uplink signal and the second uplink signal.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一信息包括所述第一PUCCH的TCI状态;在所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式方面,所述程序包括用于执行如下操作的指令:在所述第一PUCCH的TCI状态指示的参考源信号与所述第一上行信号的TCI状态指示的参考源信号相同时,所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;和/或,在所述第一PUCCH的TCI状态指示的参考源信号与所述第一上行信号的TCI状态指示的参考源信号不同时,不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号。In a possible example, the first information includes the TCI status of the first PUCCH; in the determination of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information In terms of at least one transmission mode, the program includes instructions for executing the following operations: when the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first PUCCH is the same as the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first uplink signal The first PUCCH and the first uplink signal are multiplexed for transmission; and/or the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first PUCCH and the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first uplink signal At different times, the second uplink signal is not transmitted or the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are transmitted on different time domain resources.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为第二PUCCH的情况下,所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输是指:将所述第一PUCCH与所述第二PUCCH承载的信息复用;以及在所述第一PUCCH、所述第二PUCCH或第三PUCCH上传输复用后的信息。In a possible example, when the first uplink signal is the second PUCCH, the multiplexing and transmission of the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal refers to: combining the first PUCCH with the second PUCCH Multiplexing the information carried by the two PUCCH; and transmitting the multiplexed information on the first PUCCH, the second PUCCH, or the third PUCCH.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为上行共享信道PUSCH的情况下,所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输是指:将所述第一上行信号承载的信息与所述PUSCH中的数据复用后, 在所述PUSCH上传输复用后的数据,同时在不同的时域资源上传输所述第二上行信号。In a possible example, when the first uplink signal is the uplink shared channel PUSCH, the multiplexing and transmission of the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal refers to: carrying the first uplink signal After the information is multiplexed with the data in the PUSCH, the multiplexed data is transmitted on the PUSCH, and the second uplink signal is transmitted on different time domain resources at the same time.
在一个可能的示例中,所述不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号具体是指:在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号,不传输所述第一PUCCH。In a possible example, transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources specifically refers to: transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources. The second uplink signal does not transmit the first PUCCH.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一信息包括网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式;在所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式方面,所述程序包括用于执行如下操作的指令:在所述ACK/NACK反馈模式为联合反馈的情况下,确定将所述第一上行信号,第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH承载的信息进行复用,在同一个PUSCH上传输;和/或,在所述ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈的情况下,确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式包括以下至少一种:确定不传输所述第一PUCCH,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号;确定将所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号承载的信息进行复用,在所述第一PUCCH上传输,以及确定不传输第二上行信号;确定传输所述第一上行信号和第二上行信号,以及确定不传输所述第一PUCCH;将所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号承载的信息进行复用,并在所述第一上行信号上传输,以及确定在不同的时域资源上传输所述第二上行信号。In a possible example, the first information includes the ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network; in the determining the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information In terms of at least one transmission mode, the program includes instructions for performing the following operations: in a case where the ACK/NACK feedback mode is joint feedback, determining to combine the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal and the The information carried by the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted on the same PUSCH; and/or, when the ACK/NACK feedback mode is independent feedback, the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the The transmission mode of at least one of the second uplink signals includes at least one of the following: determining not to transmit the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal; determining to combine the first PUCCH with the The information carried by the first uplink signal is multiplexed, transmitted on the first PUCCH, and the second uplink signal is determined not to be transmitted; the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are determined to be transmitted, and the second uplink signal is determined not to be transmitted. The first PUCCH; multiplex the first PUCCH with the information carried by the first uplink signal, and transmit it on the first uplink signal, and determine to transmit the second uplink on a different time domain resource Signal.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式方面,所述程序包括用于执行如下操作的指令:根据预设的规则,确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式。In a possible example, in the case where it is determined that both the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the Regarding the transmission mode of at least one of the second uplink signals, the program includes instructions for performing the following operations: determining the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to a preset rule At least one of the transmission methods.
在一个可能的示例中,所述预设的规则包括以下至少一项:所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中关联的CORESET组索引为预设值的上行信号复用传输;所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中时间靠前的上行信号复用传输;所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中调度DCI时间靠前的上行信号复用传输;所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中调度DCI采用约定的DCI格式的PUCCH复用传输。In a possible example, the preset rule includes at least one of the following: the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal associated with the CORESET group index is a preset value of uplink Signal multiplexing transmission; the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the uplink signal that is earlier in the second uplink signal are multiplexed and transmitted; the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the In the second uplink signal, the uplink signal with the earlier scheduled DCI time is multiplexed and transmitted; the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal and the scheduled DCI in the second uplink signal are multiplexed and transmitted by using a PUCCH with an agreed DCI format.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式方面,所述程序包括用于执行如下操作的指令:确定不传输所述第一上行信号,所述第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH。In a possible example, in the case where it is determined that both the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the Regarding the transmission mode of at least one of the second uplink signals, the program includes instructions for performing the following operations: determining not to transmit the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一PUCCH包括以下任意一种:承载CSI的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH。In a possible example, the first PUCCH includes any one of the following: PUCCH carrying CSI or PUCCH carrying SR.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一上行信号为PUSCH,承载CSI的PUCCH,承载HARQ的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH中的任意一种;所述第二上行信号为PUSCH,承载CSI的PUCCH,承载HARQ的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH中的任意一种。In a possible example, the first uplink signal is any one of PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ, or PUCCH carrying SR; the second uplink signal is PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, Either PUCCH carrying HARQ or PUCCH carrying SR.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为承载第一HARQ-ACK的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的PDSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In a possible example, in the case that the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying the first HARQ-ACK, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is scheduling the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK The CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH is located.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为PUSCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述PUSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In a possible example, when the first uplink signal is the PUSCH, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH for scheduling the PUSCH is located.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为承载CSI的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为高层信令配置的与所述第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为与所述CSI对应的CSI上报配置关联的CORESET组索引。In a possible example, in a case where the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying CSI, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the PUCCH resource configured by higher layer signaling and the first uplink signal The associated CORESET group index, or the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为承载SR的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为高层信令配置的与所述第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为0。In a possible example, in the case that the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying SR, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the PUCCH resource configured by higher layer signaling and the first uplink signal The index of the associated CORESET group, or the index of the CORESET group associated with the first uplink signal is 0.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号在时域上不重叠。In a possible example, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap in the time domain.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号在时域上不重叠是指:所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号占用一个时隙内的不同OFDM符号。In a possible example, the non-overlapping of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal in the time domain means that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy different OFDM signals in one time slot. symbol.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式之后,所述程序还包括用于执行如下操作的指令:根据所述传输方式,传输所述第一上行信号、所述第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH中的至少一个信号。In a possible example, in the case where it is determined that both the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the After the transmission mode of at least one of the second uplink signals, the program further includes instructions for performing the following operations: according to the transmission mode, the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first uplink signal are transmitted. At least one signal in PUCCH.
在一个可能的示例中,所述程序还包括用于执行如下操作的指令:接收网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式指示信息,所述指示信息所指示的ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈。In a possible example, the program further includes instructions for performing the following operations: receiving ACK/NACK feedback mode indication information configured by the network, and the ACK/NACK feedback mode indicated by the indication information is independent feedback.
请参阅图5,图5是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备500的结构示意图,如图所示,所述网络设备500包括处理器510、存储器520、通信接口530以及一个或多个程序521,其中,所述一个或多个程序521被存储在上述存储器520中,并且被配置由上述处理器510执行,所述一个或多个程序521包括用于执行如下操作的指令。Please refer to FIG. 5, which is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in the figure, the network device 500 includes a processor 510, a memory 520, a communication interface 530, and one or more programs. 521, wherein the one or more programs 521 are stored in the foregoing memory 520 and configured to be executed by the foregoing processor 510, and the one or more programs 521 include instructions for performing the following operations.
向终端发送第一配置信息、第二配置信息和第三配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一上行信号,所述第二配置信息用于配置第二上行信号,所述第三配置信息用于配置第一PUCCH,其中所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号不同时与所述第一PUCCH时域重叠。Send first configuration information, second configuration information, and third configuration information to the terminal, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink signal, the second configuration information is used to configure a second uplink signal, and the third configuration information is used to configure a second uplink signal. The configuration information is used to configure the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are not at the same time as the first uplink signal. One PUCCH overlaps in time domain.
可以看出,本申请实施例中,网络设备通过向终端发送第一配置信息、第二配置信息和第三配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一上行信号,所述第二配置信息用于配置第二上行信号,所述第三配置信息用于配置第一PUCCH,其中所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的CORESET组索引;确定所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号不同时与所述第一PUCCH时域重叠,便于提高终端上行控制信息传输的效率和节约信道资源。It can be seen that in this embodiment of the application, the network device sends first configuration information, second configuration information, and third configuration information to the terminal. The first configuration information is used to configure the first uplink signal, and the second configuration The information is used to configure the second uplink signal, and the third configuration information is used to configure the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes; and the first uplink signal is determined It does not overlap with the first PUCCH in time domain at the same time as the second uplink signal, which is convenient for improving the efficiency of terminal uplink control information transmission and saving channel resources.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为PUSCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述PUSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In a possible example, when the first uplink signal is the PUSCH, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH for scheduling the PUSCH is located.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为承载第一HARQ-ACK的PUCCH情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的PDSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In a possible example, when the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying the first HARQ-ACK, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the index of the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK. The CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH is located.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为承载CSI的PUCCH情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为以下任意一种:高层信令配置的与第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET 组索引,或者,与所述CSI对应的CSI上报配置关联的CORESET组索引。In a possible example, when the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying CSI, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is any one of the following: The CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource, or the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为承载SR的PUCCH情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为以下任意一种:高层信令配置的与第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为0。In a possible example, in the case that the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying SR, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is any one of the following: The CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource, or the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is 0.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号的在时域上不重叠。In a possible example, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap in the time domain.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号的在时域上不重叠是指:所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号占用一个时隙内的不同OFDM符号。In a possible example, the non-overlapping of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal in the time domain means that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy a different time slot. OFDM symbol.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一PUCCH包括以下任意一种:承载CSI的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH。In a possible example, the first PUCCH includes any one of the following: PUCCH carrying CSI or PUCCH carrying SR.
在一个可能的示例中,所述程序还包括用于执行以下操作的指令:向所述终端发送第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息用于配置ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈。In a possible example, the program further includes instructions for performing the following operations: sending fourth configuration information to the terminal, where the fourth configuration information is used to configure the ACK/NACK feedback mode to independent feedback.
在一个可能的示例中,所述程序还包括用于执行以下操作的指令:所述确定所述第一上行信号和第二上行信号不同时与所述第一PUCCH时域重叠之后,接收来自所述终端的所述第一上行信号,第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH中的至少一个信号。In a possible example, the program further includes instructions for performing the following operations: after determining that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap with the first PUCCH time domain at the same time, receiving data from the At least one of the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal and the first PUCCH of the terminal.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,终端为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solution of the embodiment of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. It can be understood that, in order to implement the above-mentioned functions, the terminal includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对终端进行功能单元的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能单元,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件程序模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiment of the present application may divide the terminal into functional units according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional unit may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software program modules. It should be noted that the division of units in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图6示出了上述实施例中所涉及信息传输装置的一种可能的功能单元组成框图。信息传输装置600应用于终端,具体包括:处理单元602和通信单元603。处理单元602用于对终端的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理单元602用于支持终端执行图2A中的步骤201和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。通信单元603用于支持终端与其他设备的通信。终端还可以包括存储单元601,用于存储终端的程序代码和数据。In the case of using an integrated unit, FIG. 6 shows a block diagram of a possible functional unit composition of the information transmission device involved in the foregoing embodiment. The information transmission device 600 is applied to a terminal, and specifically includes a processing unit 602 and a communication unit 603. The processing unit 602 is configured to control and manage the actions of the terminal. For example, the processing unit 602 is configured to support the terminal to perform step 201 in FIG. 2A and/or other processes used in the technology described herein. The communication unit 603 is used to support communication between the terminal and other devices. The terminal may also include a storage unit 601 for storing program codes and data of the terminal.
其中,处理单元602可以是处理器或控制器,例如可以是中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU),通用处理器,数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP),专用集成电路(Application-Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。所述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信单元603可以是通信接口、收发器、收发电路等,存储单元601可以是存储器。当处理单元602为处理器,通信单元603为通信接口,存储单元601 为存储器时,本申请实施例所涉及的终端可以为图4所示的终端。The processing unit 602 may be a processor or a controller, for example, a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), and an application-specific integrated circuit (Application-Specific Integrated Circuit). Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application. The processor may also be a combination for realizing computing functions, for example, including a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on. The communication unit 603 may be a communication interface, a transceiver, a transceiving circuit, etc., and the storage unit 601 may be a memory. When the processing unit 602 is a processor, the communication unit 603 is a communication interface, and the storage unit 601 is a memory, the terminal involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the terminal shown in FIG. 4.
具体实现时,所述处理单元602用于执行如上述方法实施例中由终端执行的任一步骤,且在执行诸如发送等数据传输时,可选择的调用所述通信单元603来完成相应操作。下面进行详细说明。In specific implementation, the processing unit 602 is configured to perform any step performed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiment, and when performing data transmission such as sending, the communication unit 603 can be optionally invoked to complete the corresponding operation. The detailed description will be given below.
所述处理单元602,确定用于确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,其中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的控制资源集CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个上行信号为PUSCH。The processing unit 602 is configured to determine that the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap the time domain resources of the first PUCCH The transmission mode of at least one of the two uplink signals, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are At least one uplink signal is PUSCH.
在一个可能的示例中,所述处理单元具体用于:所述确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,包括:根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,所述第一信息包括以下至少一种:所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引;所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息;所述第一PUCCH的传输配置指示TCI状态;网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式。In a possible example, the processing unit is specifically configured to: determine that when the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal both overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, the The transmission mode of at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal includes: determining the first PUCCH according to the first information, and the transmission mode of at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal , The first information includes at least one of the following: the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH; the spatial related information of the first PUCCH; the transmission configuration of the first PUCCH indicates the TCI status; the ACK/ of the network configuration NACK feedback mode.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一信息包括所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引;在所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式方面,所述处理单元具体用于:在所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引与所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引相同时,确定所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;和/或,在所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引与所述第二上行信号关联的CORESET组索引不同情况下,确定不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号。In a possible example, the first information includes the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH; the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal are determined according to the first information. Regarding the transmission mode of at least one of the signals, the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH is the same as the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal, determine that the first PUCCH and the CORESET group index are the same The first uplink signal is multiplexed and transmitted; and/or, in the case that the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH is different from the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal, it is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal Or transmit the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一信息包括所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息;在所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式方面,所述处理单元具体用于以下至少一项:在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与所述第一上行信号的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号相同时,确定所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与调度所述第一上行信号的DCI中的SRI信息所指示的SRS相同时,确定所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与所述第二上行信号的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号不同时,确定不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号;在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与调度所述第二上行信号的DCI中的SRI信息所指示的SRS不同时,确定不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号。In a possible example, the first information includes spatial related information of the first PUCCH; in the step of determining the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information Regarding the transmission mode of at least one of the following, the processing unit is specifically configured to at least one of the following: the reference source signal indicated by the spatial related information of the first PUCCH and the reference source indicated by the spatial related information of the first uplink signal When the signals are the same, it is determined that the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the first uplink signal; the SRI information in the reference source signal indicated by the spatial related information of the first PUCCH and the DCI scheduling the first uplink signal When the indicated SRS are the same, it is determined that the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the first uplink signal; the reference source signal indicated by the space related information of the first PUCCH and the space related information of the second uplink signal When the indicated reference source signals are different, it is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal or to transmit the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources; the spatial related information of the first PUCCH When the indicated reference source signal is different from the SRS indicated by the SRI information in the DCI for scheduling the second uplink signal, it is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal or to transmit the first uplink signal on a different time domain resource And the second uplink signal.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一信息包括所述第一PUCCH的TCI状态;在所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式方面,所述处理单元具体用于:在所述第一PUCCH的TCI状态指示的参考源信号与所述第一上行信号的TCI状态指示的参考源信号相同时,所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;和/或,在所述第一PUCCH的TCI状态指示的参考源信号与所述第一上行信号的TCI状态指示的参考源信号不同时,不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号。In a possible example, the first information includes the TCI status of the first PUCCH; in the determination of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information In terms of at least one transmission mode, the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first PUCCH is the same as the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first uplink signal, the second A PUCCH is multiplexed with the first uplink signal for transmission; and/or when the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first PUCCH is different from the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first uplink signal, no Transmitting the second uplink signal or transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为第二PUCCH的情况下,所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输是指:将所述第一PUCCH与所述第二PUCCH承载的信息复用;以及在所述第一PUCCH、所述第二PUCCH或第三PUCCH上传输复用后的信息。In a possible example, when the first uplink signal is the second PUCCH, the multiplexing and transmission of the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal refers to: combining the first PUCCH with the second PUCCH Multiplexing the information carried by the two PUCCH; and transmitting the multiplexed information on the first PUCCH, the second PUCCH, or the third PUCCH.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为上行共享信道PUSCH的情况下,所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输是指:将所述第一上行信号承载的信息与所述PUSCH中的数据复用后,在所述PUSCH上传输复用后的数据,同时在不同的时域资源上传输所述第二上行信号。In a possible example, when the first uplink signal is the uplink shared channel PUSCH, the multiplexing and transmission of the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal refers to: carrying the first uplink signal After the information is multiplexed with the data in the PUSCH, the multiplexed data is transmitted on the PUSCH, and the second uplink signal is transmitted on different time domain resources at the same time.
在一个可能的示例中,所述不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号具体是指:在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号,不传输所述第一PUCCH。In a possible example, transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources specifically refers to: transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on different time domain resources. The second uplink signal does not transmit the first PUCCH.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一信息包括网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式;在所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式方面,所述处理单元具体用于:在所述ACK/NACK反馈模式为联合反馈的情况下,确定将所述第一上行信号,第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH承载的信息进行复用,在同一个PUSCH上传输;和/或,所述处理单元,用于在所述ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈的情况下,确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式包括以下至少一种:确定不传输所述第一PUCCH,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号;确定将所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号承载的信息进行复用,在所述第一PUCCH上传输,以及确定不传输第二上行信号;确定传输所述第一上行信号和第二上行信号,以及确定不传输所述第一PUCCH;将所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号承载的信息进行复用,并在所述第一上行信号上传输,以及确定在不同的时域资源上传输所述第二上行信号。In a possible example, the first information includes the ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network; in the determining the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information In terms of at least one transmission mode, the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the ACK/NACK feedback mode is joint feedback, determine to carry the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal and the first PUCCH Multiplexed and transmitted on the same PUSCH; and/or, the processing unit is configured to determine the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, and the The transmission mode of at least one of the uplink signal and the second uplink signal includes at least one of the following: it is determined not to transmit the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal; The PUCCH is multiplexed with the information carried by the first uplink signal, is transmitted on the first PUCCH, and the second uplink signal is determined not to be transmitted; the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are determined to be transmitted, and the second uplink signal is determined not to be transmitted. Transmitting the first PUCCH; multiplexing the first PUCCH with the information carried by the first uplink signal, and transmitting on the first uplink signal, and determining to transmit the first PUCCH on different time domain resources The second uplink signal.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式方面,所述处理单元具体用于:根据预设的规则,确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式。In a possible example, in the case where it is determined that both the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the Regarding the transmission mode of at least one of the second uplink signals, the processing unit is specifically configured to: determine the value of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to a preset rule transfer method.
在一个可能的示例中,所述预设的规则包括以下至少一项:所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中关联的CORESET组索引为预设值的上行信号复用传输;所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中时间靠前的上行信号复用传输;所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中调度DCI时间靠前的上行信号复用传输;所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中调度DCI采用约定的DCI格式的PUCCH复用传输。In a possible example, the preset rule includes at least one of the following: the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal associated with the CORESET group index is a preset value of uplink Signal multiplexing transmission; the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the uplink signal that is earlier in the second uplink signal are multiplexed and transmitted; the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal and the In the second uplink signal, the uplink signal with the earlier scheduled DCI time is multiplexed and transmitted; the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal and the scheduled DCI in the second uplink signal are multiplexed and transmitted by using a PUCCH with an agreed DCI format.
在一个可能的示例中,在确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式方面,所述处理单元具体用于:确定不传输所述第一上行信号、所述第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH。In a possible example, when it is determined that both the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second Regarding the transmission mode of at least one of the uplink signals, the processing unit is specifically configured to determine not to transmit the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一PUCCH包括以下任意一种:承载CSI的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH。In a possible example, the first PUCCH includes any one of the following: PUCCH carrying CSI or PUCCH carrying SR.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一上行信号为PUSCH,承载CSI的PUCCH,承载HARQ的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH中的任意一种;所述第二上行信号为PUSCH,承载CSI的PUCCH,承载HARQ的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH中的任意一种。In a possible example, the first uplink signal is any one of PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ, or PUCCH carrying SR; the second uplink signal is PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, Either PUCCH carrying HARQ or PUCCH carrying SR.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为PUSCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的 CORESET组索引为调度所述PUSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In a possible example, when the first uplink signal is the PUSCH, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH for scheduling the PUSCH is located.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为承载第一HARQ-ACK的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的PDSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In a possible example, in the case that the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying the first HARQ-ACK, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is scheduling the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK The CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH is located.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为承载CSI的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为高层信令配置的与所述第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为与所述CSI对应的CSI上报配置关联的CORESET组索引。In a possible example, in a case where the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying CSI, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the PUCCH resource configured by higher layer signaling and the first uplink signal The associated CORESET group index, or the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为承载SR的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为高层信令配置的与所述第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为0。In a possible example, in the case that the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying SR, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the PUCCH resource configured by higher layer signaling and the first uplink signal The index of the associated CORESET group, or the index of the CORESET group associated with the first uplink signal is 0.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号在时域上不重叠。In a possible example, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap in the time domain.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号在时域上不重叠是指:所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号占用一个时隙内的不同OFDM符号。In a possible example, the non-overlapping of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal in the time domain means that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy different OFDM signals in one time slot. symbol.
在一个可能的示例中,在确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式之后,所述处理单元还用于:通过所述通信单元根据所述传输方式,传输所述第一上行信号、所述第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH中的至少一个信号。In a possible example, when it is determined that both the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second After the transmission mode of at least one of the uplink signals, the processing unit is further configured to: transmit the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH according to the transmission mode by the communication unit At least one signal.
在一个可能的示例中,所述处理单元还用于:接收网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式指示信息,所述指示信息所指示的ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈。In a possible example, the processing unit is further configured to receive ACK/NACK feedback mode indication information configured by the network, and the ACK/NACK feedback mode indicated by the indication information is independent feedback.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图7示出了上述实施例中所涉及的信息传输装置的一种可能的功能单元组成框图。信息传输装置700应用于网络设备,该网络设备包括:处理单元702和通信单元703。处理单元702用于对网络设备的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理单元702用于支持网络设备执行图3中的S301和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。通信单元703用于支持网络设备与其他设备的通信。网络设备还可以包括存储单元701,用于存储终端的程序代码和数据。In the case of using an integrated unit, FIG. 7 shows a block diagram of a possible functional unit composition of the information transmission device involved in the foregoing embodiment. The information transmission apparatus 700 is applied to a network device, and the network device includes a processing unit 702 and a communication unit 703. The processing unit 702 is used to control and manage the actions of the network device. For example, the processing unit 702 is used to support the network device to perform S301 in FIG. 3 and/or other processes used in the technology described herein. The communication unit 703 is used to support communication between the network device and other devices. The network device may also include a storage unit 701 for storing program codes and data of the terminal.
其中,处理单元702可以是处理器或控制器,例如可以是中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU),通用处理器,数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP),专用集成电路(Application-Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。所述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信单元703可以是通信接口、收发器、收发电路等,存储单元701可以是存储器。当处理单元702为处理器,通信单元703为通信接口,存储单元701为存储器时,本申请实施例所涉及的终端可以为图5所示的网络设备。The processing unit 702 may be a processor or a controller, for example, a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), and an application-specific integrated circuit (Application-Specific Integrated Circuit). Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application. The processor may also be a combination for realizing computing functions, for example, including a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on. The communication unit 703 may be a communication interface, a transceiver, a transceiving circuit, etc., and the storage unit 701 may be a memory. When the processing unit 702 is a processor, the communication unit 703 is a communication interface, and the storage unit 701 is a memory, the terminal involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the network device shown in FIG. 5.
所述处理单元702,用于通过所述通信单元向终端发送第一配置信息、第二配置信息和第三配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一上行信号,所述第二配置信息用于配置第二上行信号,所述第三配置信息用于配置第一PUCCH,其中所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的CORESET组索 引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号不同时与所述第一PUCCH时域重叠。The processing unit 702 is configured to send first configuration information, second configuration information, and third configuration information to the terminal through the communication unit, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink signal, and the second configuration The information is used to configure the second uplink signal, the third configuration information is used to configure the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal It does not overlap with the first PUCCH in time domain at the same time as the second uplink signal.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为PUSCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述PUSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In a possible example, when the first uplink signal is the PUSCH, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH for scheduling the PUSCH is located.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为承载第一HARQ-ACK的PUCCH情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的PDSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In a possible example, when the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying the first HARQ-ACK, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the index of the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK. The CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH is located.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为承载CSI的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为以下任意一种:高层信令配置的与第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,与所述CSI对应的CSI上报配置关联的CORESET组索引。In a possible example, when the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying CSI, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is any one of the following: The CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource, or the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述第一上行信号为承载SR的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为以下任意一种:高层信令配置的与第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为0。In a possible example, when the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying SR, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is any one of the following: The index of the CORESET group associated with the PUCCH resource, or the index of the CORESET group associated with the first uplink signal is 0.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号的在时域上不重叠。In a possible example, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap in the time domain.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号的在时域上不重叠是指:所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号占用一个时隙内的不同OFDM符号。In a possible example, the non-overlapping of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal in the time domain means that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy a different time slot. OFDM symbol.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一PUCCH包括以下任意一种:承载CSI的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH。In a possible example, the first PUCCH includes any one of the following: PUCCH carrying CSI or PUCCH carrying SR.
在一个可能的示例中,所述处理单元还用于:通过所述通信单元向所述终端发送第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息用于配置ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈。In a possible example, the processing unit is further configured to send fourth configuration information to the terminal through the communication unit, where the fourth configuration information is used to configure the ACK/NACK feedback mode as independent feedback.
在一个可能的示例中,所述确定所述第一上行信号和第二上行信号不同时与所述第一PUCCH时域重叠之后,所述处理单元还用于:通过所述通信单元接收来自所述终端的所述第一上行信号,第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH中的至少一个信号。In a possible example, after it is determined that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap with the first PUCCH time domain at the same time, the processing unit is further configured to: receive from the communication unit through the communication unit. At least one of the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal and the first PUCCH of the terminal.
可以理解的是,由于方法实施例与装置实施例为相同技术构思的不同呈现形式,因此,本申请中方法实施例部分的内容应同步适配于装置实施例部分,此处不再赘述。It is understandable that since the method embodiment and the device embodiment are different presentation forms of the same technical concept, the content of the method embodiment part of this application should be synchronized to the device embodiment part, and will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片,其中,该芯片包括处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如上述方法实施例中终端所描述的部分或全部步骤。The embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, wherein the chip includes a processor, which is used to call and run a computer program from the memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes the part described in the terminal in the above method embodiment Or all steps.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其中,所述计算机可读存储介质存储用于电子数据交换的计算机程序,其中,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如上述方法实施例中终端所描述的部分或全部步骤。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program causes the computer to execute the terminal in the above method embodiment Some or all of the steps described.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其中,所述计算机可读存储介质存储用于电子数据交换的计算机程序,其中,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如上述方法实施例中网络侧设备所描述的部分或全部步骤。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program causes the computer to execute the network in the above-mentioned method embodiment. Part or all of the steps described by the side device.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,其中,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,所述计算机程序可操作来使计算机执行如上述方法实施例中终端所描述的部分或全部步骤。该计算机程序产品可以为一个软件安装包。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, wherein the computer program product includes a computer program, and the computer program is operable to make a computer execute part or all of the steps described in the terminal in the above method embodiment. The computer program product may be a software installation package.
本申请实施例所描述的方法或者算法的步骤可以以硬件的方式来实现,也可以是由处理器执行软件 指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(Read Only Memory,ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable ROM,EPROM)、电可擦可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、只读光盘(CD-ROM)或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于接入网设备、目标网络设备或核心网设备中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于接入网设备、目标网络设备或核心网设备中。The steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in hardware, or implemented by a processor executing software instructions. Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, which can be stored in random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), and erasable programmable read-only memory ( Erasable Programmable ROM (EPROM), Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM), register, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium known in the art. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium may also be an integral part of the processor. The processor and the storage medium may be located in the ASIC. In addition, the ASIC may be located in an access network device, a target network device, or a core network device. Of course, the processor and the storage medium may also exist as discrete components in the access network device, the target network device, or the core network device.
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,在上述一个或多个示例中,本申请实施例所描述的功能可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(Digital Subscriber Line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字视频光盘(Digital Video Disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(Solid State Disk,SSD))等。Those skilled in the art should be aware that, in one or more of the foregoing examples, the functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, Digital Subscriber Line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a Digital Video Disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a Solid State Disk (SSD)) )Wait.
以上所述的具体实施方式,对本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和有益效果进行了进一步详细说明,所应理解的是,以上所述仅为本申请实施例的具体实施方式而已,并不用于限定本申请实施例的保护范围,凡在本申请实施例的技术方案的基础之上,所做的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包括在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。The specific implementations described above further describe the purpose, technical solutions, and beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application in further detail. It should be understood that the foregoing descriptions are only specific implementations of the embodiments of the present application, and are not used for To limit the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application, any modification, equivalent replacement, improvement, etc. made on the basis of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application shall be included in the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.

Claims (69)

  1. 一种信息传输方法,其特征在于,应用于终端设备,所述方法包括:An information transmission method, characterized in that it is applied to a terminal device, and the method includes:
    确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,其中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的控制资源集CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个上行信号为PUSCH。Determine the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal when the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH , Wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is PUSCH.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining that the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH and the first PUCCH overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH The transmission mode of at least one of the uplink signal and the second uplink signal includes:
    根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,所述第一信息包括以下至少一种:The transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is determined according to the first information, and the first information includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引;The CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH;
    所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息;Spatial related information of the first PUCCH;
    所述第一PUCCH的传输配置指示TCI状态;The transmission configuration of the first PUCCH indicates the TCI state;
    网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式。ACK/NACK feedback mode of network configuration.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引;The method according to claim 2, wherein the first information includes a CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH;
    所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,包括:The determining a transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information includes:
    在所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引与所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引相同时,确定所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;和/或,When the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH is the same as the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal, determining that the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the first uplink signal; and/or,
    在所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引与所述第二上行信号关联的CORESET组索引不同情况下,确定不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号。In the case that the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH is different from the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal, it is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal or to transmit the first uplink on a different time domain resource Signal and the second uplink signal.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息;所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 2, wherein the first information includes spatial related information of the first PUCCH; and the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the first PUCCH are determined according to the first information. The transmission mode of at least one of the second uplink signals includes at least one of the following:
    在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与所述第一上行信号的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号相同时,确定所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;When the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the first PUCCH is the same as the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the first uplink signal, it is determined that the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the first uplink signal ;
    在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与调度所述第一上行信号的DCI中的SRI信息所指示的SRS相同时,确定所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;When the reference source signal indicated by the spatial related information of the first PUCCH is the same as the SRS indicated by the SRI information in the DCI scheduling the first uplink signal, it is determined that the first PUCCH is the same as the first uplink signal. Use transmission
    在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与所述第二上行信号的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号不同时,确定不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号;When the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the first PUCCH is different from the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the second uplink signal, it is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal or in different time domain resources Transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal;
    在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与调度所述第二上行信号的DCI中的SRI信息所指示的SRS不同时,确定不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行 信号和所述第二上行信号。When the reference source signal indicated by the spatial related information of the first PUCCH is different from the SRS indicated by the SRI information in the DCI scheduling the second uplink signal, it is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal or at a different time. Transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on the domain resources.
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述第一PUCCH的TCI状态;所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the first information includes the TCI status of the first PUCCH; and the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the first PUCCH are determined according to the first information. The transmission mode of at least one of the second uplink signals includes:
    在所述第一PUCCH的TCI状态指示的参考源信号与所述第一上行信号的TCI状态指示的参考源信号相同时,所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;和/或,When the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first PUCCH is the same as the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first uplink signal, the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal are multiplexed for transmission; and/ or,
    在所述第一PUCCH的TCI状态指示的参考源信号与所述第一上行信号的TCI状态指示的参考源信号不同时,不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号。When the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first PUCCH is different from the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal is not transmitted or the data is transmitted on different time domain resources. The first uplink signal and the second uplink signal.
  6. 根据权利要求3-5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 3-5, characterized in that,
    在所述第一上行信号为第二PUCCH的情况下,所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输是指:将所述第一PUCCH与所述第二PUCCH承载的信息复用;以及在所述第一PUCCH、所述第二PUCCH或第三PUCCH上传输复用后的信息。In the case where the first uplink signal is the second PUCCH, the multiplexing and transmission of the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal refers to: multiplexing the information carried by the first PUCCH and the second PUCCH ; And transmitting the multiplexed information on the first PUCCH, the second PUCCH or the third PUCCH.
  7. 根据权利要求3-5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 3-5, characterized in that,
    在所述第一上行信号为上行共享信道PUSCH的情况下,所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输是指:将所述第一上行信号承载的信息与所述PUSCH中的数据复用后,在所述PUSCH上传输复用后的数据,同时在不同的时域资源上传输所述第二上行信号。In the case that the first uplink signal is the uplink shared channel PUSCH, the multiplexing transmission of the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal refers to: combining the information carried by the first uplink signal with the information in the PUSCH After the data is multiplexed, the multiplexed data is transmitted on the PUSCH, and the second uplink signal is transmitted on different time domain resources at the same time.
  8. 根据权利要求3-5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号具体是指:The method according to any one of claims 3-5, wherein the transmission of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on the different time domain resources specifically refers to:
    在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号,不传输所述第一PUCCH。The first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are transmitted on different time domain resources, and the first PUCCH is not transmitted.
  9. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式;所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the first information includes an ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network; and the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the The transmission mode of at least one of the second uplink signals includes:
    在所述ACK/NACK反馈模式为联合反馈的情况下,确定将所述第一上行信号,第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH承载的信息进行复用,在同一个PUSCH上传输;和/或,When the ACK/NACK feedback mode is joint feedback, determining to multiplex the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the information carried by the first PUCCH and transmit them on the same PUSCH; and/ or,
    在所述ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈的情况下,确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式包括以下至少一种:In the case where the ACK/NACK feedback mode is independent feedback, determining the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal includes at least one of the following:
    确定不传输所述第一PUCCH,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号;Determine not to transmit the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal;
    确定将所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号承载的信息进行复用,在所述第一PUCCH上传输,以及确定不传输第二上行信号;Determine to multiplex the first PUCCH with information carried by the first uplink signal, transmit on the first PUCCH, and determine not to transmit a second uplink signal;
    确定传输所述第一上行信号和第二上行信号,以及确定不传输所述第一PUCCH;Determine to transmit the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal, and determine not to transmit the first PUCCH;
    将所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号承载的信息进行复用,并在所述第一上行信号上传输,以及确定在不同的时域资源上传输所述第二上行信号。The first PUCCH is multiplexed with the information carried by the first uplink signal, and transmitted on the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal is determined to be transmitted on a different time domain resource.
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining that the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH and the first PUCCH overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH The transmission mode of at least one of the uplink signal and the second uplink signal includes:
    根据预设的规则,确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式。According to a preset rule, a transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal is determined.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 10, wherein:
    所述预设的规则包括以下至少一项:The preset rule includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中关联的CORESET组索引为预设值的上行信号复用传输;Multiplex transmission of the first PUCCH and the uplink signal in which the associated CORESET group index in the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is a preset value;
    所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中时间靠前的上行信号复用传输;The first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the upstream signal in the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal;
    所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中调度DCI时间靠前的上行信号复用传输;The first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the uplink signal of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal that is scheduled earlier in the DCI time;
    所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中调度DCI采用约定的DCI格式的PUCCH复用传输。The first PUCCH and the scheduled DCI in the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are multiplexed and transmitted using a PUCCH in an agreed DCI format.
  12. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining that the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH and the first PUCCH overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH The transmission mode of at least one of the uplink signal and the second uplink signal includes:
    确定不传输所述第一上行信号,所述第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH。Determine not to transmit the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH.
  13. 根据权利要求1-12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1-12, wherein:
    所述第一PUCCH为承载CSI的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH。The first PUCCH is a PUCCH carrying CSI or a PUCCH carrying SR.
  14. 根据权利要求1-13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1-13, wherein:
    所述第一上行信号为PUSCH,承载CSI的PUCCH,承载HARQ的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH中的任意一种;The first uplink signal is any one of PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ, or PUCCH carrying SR;
    所述第二上行信号为PUSCH,承载CSI的PUCCH,承载HARQ的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH中的任意一种。The second uplink signal is any one of PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ, or PUCCH carrying SR.
  15. 根据权利要求14中所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 14, characterized in that,
    在所述第一上行信号为PUSCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述PUSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In the case where the first uplink signal is the PUSCH, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH for scheduling the PUSCH is located.
  16. 根据权利要求14中所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 14, characterized in that,
    在所述第一上行信号为承载第一HARQ-ACK的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的PDSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In the case that the first uplink signal is the PUCCH carrying the first HARQ-ACK, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET of the CORESET where the PDCCH of the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK is scheduled. Group index.
  17. 根据权利要求14中所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 14, characterized in that,
    在所述第一上行信号为承载CSI的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为高层信令配置的与所述第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为与所述CSI对应的CSI上报配置关联的CORESET组索引。In the case that the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying CSI, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is a CORESET group index configured by higher layer signaling and associated with the PUCCH resource of the first uplink signal, or The CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
  18. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 14, wherein:
    在所述第一上行信号为承载SR的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为高层信令配置的与所述第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所述第一上行 信号关联的CORESET组索引为0。In the case that the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying SR, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is a CORESET group index configured by higher layer signaling and associated with the PUCCH resource of the first uplink signal, or , The CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is 0.
  19. 根据权利要求1-18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1-18, wherein:
    所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号在时域上不重叠。The first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap in the time domain.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号在时域上不重叠是指:The method according to claim 19, wherein the non-overlapping of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal in the time domain refers to:
    所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号占用一个时隙内的不同OFDM符号。The first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy different OFDM symbols in one time slot.
  21. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein when it is determined that both the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH and the first uplink After the transmission mode of at least one of the signal and the second uplink signal, the method further includes:
    根据所述传输方式,传输所述第一上行信号、所述第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH中的至少一个信号。According to the transmission mode, at least one of the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH is transmitted.
  22. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式指示信息,所述指示信息所指示的ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈。Receive ACK/NACK feedback mode indication information configured by the network, where the ACK/NACK feedback mode indicated by the indication information is independent feedback.
  23. 一种信息传输方法,其特征在于,应用于网络设备,所述方法包括:An information transmission method, characterized in that it is applied to a network device, and the method includes:
    向终端发送第一配置信息、第二配置信息和第三配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一上行信号,所述第二配置信息用于配置第二上行信号,所述第三配置信息用于配置第一PUCCH,其中所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号不同时与所述第一PUCCH时域重叠。Send first configuration information, second configuration information, and third configuration information to the terminal, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink signal, the second configuration information is used to configure a second uplink signal, and the third configuration information is used to configure a second uplink signal. The configuration information is used to configure the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are not at the same time as the first uplink signal. One PUCCH overlaps in time domain.
  24. 根据权利要求23中所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 23, wherein:
    在所述第一上行信号为PUSCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述PUSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In the case where the first uplink signal is the PUSCH, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH for scheduling the PUSCH is located.
  25. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 23, wherein:
    在所述第一上行信号为承载第一HARQ-ACK的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的PDSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In the case that the first uplink signal is the PUCCH carrying the first HARQ-ACK, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET of the CORESET where the PDCCH of the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK is scheduled. Group index.
  26. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一上行信号为承载CSI的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为以下任意一种:高层信令配置的与第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,与所述CSI对应的CSI上报配置关联的CORESET组索引。The method according to claim 23, wherein, in the case that the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying CSI, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is any one of the following: high-level signaling configuration The CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource of the first uplink signal, or the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
  27. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一上行信号为承载SR的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为以下任意一种:高层信令配置的与第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为0。The method according to claim 23, wherein, in the case that the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying SR, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is any one of the following: high-level signaling configuration The CORESET group index associated with the PUCCH resource of the first uplink signal, or the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is 0.
  28. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号的在时域上不重叠。The method according to claim 23, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap in the time domain.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号的在时域 上不重叠是指:所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号占用一个时隙内的不同OFDM符号。The method according to claim 28, wherein the non-overlapping of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal in the time domain means that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy Different OFDM symbols in a slot.
  30. 根据权利要求23-29中任一项所述的方法,所述第一PUCCH包括以下任意一种:承载CSI的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH。According to the method of any one of claims 23-29, the first PUCCH includes any one of the following: a PUCCH carrying CSI or a PUCCH carrying SR.
  31. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 23, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端发送第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息用于配置ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈。Sending fourth configuration information to the terminal, where the fourth configuration information is used to configure the ACK/NACK feedback mode as independent feedback.
  32. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定所述第一上行信号和第二上行信号不同时与所述第一PUCCH时域重叠之后,还包括:The method according to claim 23, wherein after the determining that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap with the first PUCCH time domain at the same time, the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述终端的所述第一上行信号、第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH中的至少一个信号。Receiving at least one of the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH from the terminal.
  33. 一种信息传输装置,其特征在于,应用于终端设备,所述装置包括:处理单元和通信单元,其中,An information transmission device, characterized in that it is applied to a terminal device, the device includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, wherein:
    所述处理单元,用于确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,其中,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的控制资源集CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个上行信号为PUSCH。The processing unit is configured to determine that the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal are both overlapped with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH. The transmission mode of at least one of the signals, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different control resource set CORESET group indexes, and at least one of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal The uplink signal is PUSCH.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元具体用于:根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式,所述第一信息包括以下至少一种:The apparatus according to claim 33, wherein the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the transmission of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information In a manner, the first information includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引;The CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH;
    所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息;Spatial related information of the first PUCCH;
    所述第一PUCCH的传输配置指示TCI状态;The transmission configuration of the first PUCCH indicates the TCI state;
    网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式。ACK/NACK feedback mode of network configuration.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引;The device according to claim 34, wherein the first information comprises a CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH;
    在所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式方面,所述处理单元,用于在所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引与所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引相同时,确定所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;和/或,In the aspect of determining the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information, the processing unit is configured to perform the data associated with the first PUCCH When the CORESET group index is the same as the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal, determining that the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the first uplink signal; and/or,
    用于在所述第一PUCCH关联的CORESET组索引与所述第二上行信号关联的CORESET组索引不同情况下,确定不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号。It is used to determine not to transmit the second uplink signal or to transmit the second uplink signal on a different time domain resource when the CORESET group index associated with the first PUCCH is different from the CORESET group index associated with the second uplink signal An uplink signal and the second uplink signal.
  36. 根据权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息;The apparatus according to claim 34, wherein the first information comprises spatial related information of the first PUCCH;
    在所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式方面,所述处理单元,用于以下至少一项:In terms of determining the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information, the processing unit is configured to be used for at least one of the following:
    在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与所述第一上行信号的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号相同时,确定所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;When the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the first PUCCH is the same as the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the first uplink signal, it is determined that the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the first uplink signal ;
    在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与调度所述第一上行信号的DCI中的SRI 信息所指示的SRS相同时,确定所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;When the reference source signal indicated by the spatial correlation information of the first PUCCH is the same as the SRS indicated by the SRI information in the DCI scheduling the first uplink signal, it is determined that the first PUCCH is the same as the first uplink signal. Use transmission
    在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与所述第二上行信号的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号不同时,确定不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号;When the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the first PUCCH is different from the reference source signal indicated by the space-related information of the second uplink signal, it is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal or in different time domain resources Transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal;
    在所述第一PUCCH的空间相关信息指示的参考源信号与调度所述第二上行信号的DCI中的SRI信息所指示的SRS不同时,确定不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号。When the reference source signal indicated by the spatial related information of the first PUCCH is different from the SRS indicated by the SRI information in the DCI scheduling the second uplink signal, it is determined not to transmit the second uplink signal or at a different time. Transmitting the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on the domain resources.
  37. 根据权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述第一PUCCH的TCI状态;The apparatus according to claim 34, wherein the first information includes the TCI status of the first PUCCH;
    在所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式方面,所述处理单元,用于在所述第一PUCCH的TCI状态指示的参考源信号与所述第一上行信号的TCI状态指示的参考源信号相同时,所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输;和/或,用于在所述第一PUCCH的TCI状态指示的参考源信号与所述第一上行信号的TCI状态指示的参考源信号不同时,不传输所述第二上行信号或者在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号。In the aspect of determining the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information, the processing unit is configured to transmit data in the TCI of the first PUCCH When the reference source signal indicated by the status is the same as the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first uplink signal, the first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the first uplink signal; When the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of a PUCCH is different from the reference source signal indicated by the TCI status of the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal is not transmitted or the first uplink is transmitted on different time domain resources Signal and the second uplink signal.
  38. 根据权利要求35-37所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claims 35-37, wherein:
    在所述第一上行信号为第二PUCCH的情况下,所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输是指:将所述第一PUCCH与所述第二PUCCH承载的信息复用;以及在所述第一PUCCH、所述第二PUCCH或第三PUCCH上传输复用后的信息。In the case that the first uplink signal is the second PUCCH, the multiplexing and transmission of the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal refers to: multiplexing the information carried by the first PUCCH and the second PUCCH ; And transmitting the multiplexed information on the first PUCCH, the second PUCCH or the third PUCCH.
  39. 根据权利要求35-37所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claims 35-37, wherein:
    在所述第一上行信号为上行共享信道PUSCH的情况下,所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号复用传输是指:将所述第一上行信号承载的信息与所述PUSCH中的数据复用后,在所述PUSCH上传输复用后的数据,同时在不同的时域资源上传输所述第二上行信号。In the case that the first uplink signal is the uplink shared channel PUSCH, the multiplexing transmission of the first PUCCH and the first uplink signal refers to: combining the information carried by the first uplink signal with the information in the PUSCH After the data is multiplexed, the multiplexed data is transmitted on the PUSCH, and the second uplink signal is transmitted on different time domain resources at the same time.
  40. 根据权利要求35-37所述的方法,其特征在于,所述不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号具体是指:The method according to claims 35-37, wherein the transmission of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal on the different time domain resources specifically refers to:
    在不同的时域资源上传输所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号,不传输所述第一PUCCH。The first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are transmitted on different time domain resources, and the first PUCCH is not transmitted.
  41. 根据权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式;The apparatus according to claim 34, wherein the first information includes an ACK/NACK feedback mode configured by the network;
    在所述根据第一信息确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式方面,所述处理单元,用于在所述ACK/NACK反馈模式为联合反馈的情况下,确定将所述第一上行信号,第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH承载的信息进行复用,在同一个PUSCH上传输;和/或,In terms of determining the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal according to the first information, the processing unit is configured to perform in the ACK/NACK feedback mode In the case of joint feedback, it is determined that the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal and the information carried by the first PUCCH are multiplexed and transmitted on the same PUSCH; and/or,
    所述处理单元,用于在所述ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈的情况下,确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式包括以下至少一种:The processing unit is configured to determine that the transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal includes the following when the ACK/NACK feedback mode is independent feedback At least one:
    确定不传输所述第一PUCCH,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号;Determine not to transmit the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal;
    确定将所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号承载的信息进行复用,在所述第一PUCCH上传输,以及确定不传输第二上行信号;Determine to multiplex the first PUCCH with information carried by the first uplink signal, transmit on the first PUCCH, and determine not to transmit a second uplink signal;
    确定传输所述第一上行信号和第二上行信号,以及确定不传输所述第一PUCCH;Determine to transmit the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal, and determine not to transmit the first PUCCH;
    将所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号承载的信息进行复用,并在所述第一上行信号上传输,以及确定在不同的时域资源上传输所述第二上行信号。The first PUCCH is multiplexed with the information carried by the first uplink signal, and transmitted on the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal is determined to be transmitted on a different time domain resource.
  42. 根据权利要求33所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元具体用于:The device according to claim 33, wherein the processing unit is specifically configured to:
    根据预设的规则,确定所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式。According to a preset rule, a transmission mode of at least one of the first PUCCH, the first uplink signal, and the second uplink signal is determined.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 42, wherein:
    所述预设的规则包括以下至少一项:The preset rule includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中关联的CORESET组索引为预设值的上行信号复用传输;Multiplex transmission of the first PUCCH and the uplink signal in which the associated CORESET group index in the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal is a preset value;
    所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中时间靠前的上行信号复用传输;The first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the upstream signal in the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal;
    所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中调度DCI时间靠前的上行信号复用传输;The first PUCCH is multiplexed and transmitted with the uplink signal of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal that is scheduled earlier in the DCI time;
    所述第一PUCCH与所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中调度DCI采用约定的DCI格式的PUCCH复用传输。The first PUCCH and the scheduled DCI in the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are multiplexed and transmitted using a PUCCH in an agreed DCI format.
  44. 根据权利要求33所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元具体用于:The device according to claim 33, wherein the processing unit is specifically configured to:
    确定不传输所述第一上行信号、所述第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH。Determine not to transmit the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH.
  45. 根据权利要求33-44中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 33-44, wherein:
    所述第一PUCCH为承载CSI的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH。The first PUCCH is a PUCCH carrying CSI or a PUCCH carrying SR.
  46. 根据权利要求33-45中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 33-45, wherein:
    所述第一上行信号为PUSCH,承载CSI的PUCCH,承载HARQ的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH中的任意一种;The first uplink signal is any one of PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ, or PUCCH carrying SR;
    所述第二上行信号为PUSCH,承载CSI的PUCCH,承载HARQ的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH中的任意一种。The second uplink signal is any one of PUSCH, PUCCH carrying CSI, PUCCH carrying HARQ, or PUCCH carrying SR.
  47. 根据权利要求46中所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 46, wherein:
    在所述第一上行信号为PUSCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述PUSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In the case where the first uplink signal is the PUSCH, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH for scheduling the PUSCH is located.
  48. 根据权利要求46中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 46, wherein:
    在所述第一上行信号为承载第一HARQ-ACK的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的PDSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In the case that the first uplink signal is the PUCCH carrying the first HARQ-ACK, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET of the CORESET where the PDCCH of the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK is scheduled. Group index.
  49. 根据权利要求46中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 46, wherein:
    在所述第一上行信号为承载CSI的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为高层信令配置的与所述第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为与所述CSI对应的CSI上报配置关联的CORESET组索引。In the case that the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying CSI, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is a CORESET group index configured by higher layer signaling and associated with the PUCCH resource of the first uplink signal, or The CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
  50. 根据权利要求46中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 46, wherein:
    在所述第一上行信号为承载SR的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为高层信令配置的与所述第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为0。In the case that the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying SR, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is a CORESET group index configured by higher layer signaling and associated with the PUCCH resource of the first uplink signal, or , The CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is 0.
  51. 根据权利要求33-50中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 33-50, wherein:
    所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号在时域上不重叠。The first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap in the time domain.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号在时域上不重叠是指:The apparatus according to claim 51, wherein the non-overlapping of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal in the time domain refers to:
    所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号占用一个时隙内的不同OFDM符号。The first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy different OFDM symbols in one time slot.
  53. 根据权利要求33所述的装置,其特征在于,在确定在第一上行信号和第二上行信号均与第一PUCCH的时域资源重叠的情况下,所述第一PUCCH、所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号中至少一个的传输方式之后,所述处理单元还用于:The apparatus according to claim 33, wherein when it is determined that both the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal overlap with the time domain resources of the first PUCCH, the first PUCCH, the first uplink After the transmission mode of at least one of the signal and the second uplink signal, the processing unit is further configured to:
    通过所述通信单元根据所述传输方式,传输所述第一上行信号、所述第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH中的至少一个信号。At least one of the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH is transmitted by the communication unit according to the transmission mode.
  54. 根据权利要求33所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to claim 33, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    通过通信单元接收网络配置的ACK/NACK反馈模式指示信息,所述指示信息所指示的ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈。The ACK/NACK feedback mode indication information configured by the network is received through the communication unit, and the ACK/NACK feedback mode indicated by the indication information is independent feedback.
  55. 一种信息传输装置,其特征在于,应用于网络设备,所述装置包括:处理单元和通信单元,其中,An information transmission device, characterized in that it is applied to network equipment, the device includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, wherein:
    所述处理单元,用于通过所述通信单元向终端发送第一配置信息、第二配置信息和第三配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一上行信号,所述第二配置信息用于配置第二上行信号,所述第三配置信息用于配置第一PUCCH,其中所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号关联不同的CORESET组索引,且所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号不同时与所述第一PUCCH时域重叠。The processing unit is configured to send first configuration information, second configuration information, and third configuration information to a terminal through the communication unit, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink signal, and the second configuration information Used to configure the second uplink signal, the third configuration information is used to configure the first PUCCH, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal are associated with different CORESET group indexes, and the first uplink signal and The second uplink signal does not overlap with the first PUCCH time domain at the same time.
  56. 根据权利要求55中所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 55, wherein:
    在所述第一上行信号为PUSCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述PUSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In the case where the first uplink signal is the PUSCH, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET group index of the CORESET where the PDCCH for scheduling the PUSCH is located.
  57. 根据权利要求55所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 55, wherein:
    在所述第一上行信号为承载第一HARQ-ACK的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为调度所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的PDSCH的PDCCH所在的CORESET的CORESET组索引。In the case that the first uplink signal is the PUCCH carrying the first HARQ-ACK, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is the CORESET of the CORESET where the PDCCH of the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK is scheduled. Group index.
  58. 根据权利要求55所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 55, wherein:
    在所述第一上行信号为承载CSI的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为以下任意一种:高层信令配置的与第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,与所述CSI对应的CSI上报配置关联的CORESET组索引。In the case that the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying CSI, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is any one of the following: a CORESET group associated with the PUCCH resource of the first uplink signal configured by higher layer signaling Index, or the CORESET group index associated with the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI.
  59. 根据权利要求55所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 55, wherein:
    在所述第一上行信号为承载SR的PUCCH的情况下,所述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为以下任意一种:高层信令配置的与第一上行信号的PUCCH资源关联的CORESET组索引,或者,所 述第一上行信号关联的CORESET组索引为0。In the case that the first uplink signal is a PUCCH carrying SR, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is any one of the following: a CORESET group associated with the PUCCH resource of the first uplink signal configured by higher layer signaling Index, or, the CORESET group index associated with the first uplink signal is 0.
  60. 根据权利要求55所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号的在时域上不重叠。The apparatus according to claim 55, wherein the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap in the time domain.
  61. 根据权利要求60所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号的在时域上不重叠是指:所述第一上行信号和所述第二上行信号占用一个时隙内的不同OFDM符号。The apparatus according to claim 60, wherein the non-overlapping of the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal in the time domain means that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal occupy Different OFDM symbols in a slot.
  62. 根据权利要求55-61中任一项所述的装置,所述第一PUCCH包括以下任意一种:承载CSI的PUCCH或者承载SR的PUCCH。The apparatus according to any one of claims 55-61, the first PUCCH comprises any one of the following: a PUCCH carrying CSI or a PUCCH carrying SR.
  63. 根据权利要求55所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to claim 55, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    通过所述通信单元向所述终端发送第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息用于配置ACK/NACK反馈模式为独立反馈。The fourth configuration information is sent to the terminal through the communication unit, where the fourth configuration information is used to configure the ACK/NACK feedback mode as independent feedback.
  64. 根据权利要求55所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定所述第一上行信号和第二上行信号不同时与所述第一PUCCH时域重叠之后,所述处理单元还用于:The apparatus according to claim 55, wherein after the determining that the first uplink signal and the second uplink signal do not overlap with the first PUCCH time domain at the same time, the processing unit is further configured to:
    通过所述通信单元接收来自所述终端的所述第一上行信号、第二上行信号和所述第一PUCCH中的至少一个信号。At least one of the first uplink signal, the second uplink signal, and the first PUCCH from the terminal is received by the communication unit.
  65. 一种终端,其特征在于,包括处理器、存储器、通信接口,以及一个或多个程序,所述一个或多个程序被存储在所述存储器中,并且被配置由所述处理器执行,所述程序包括用于执行如权利要求1-21任一项所述的方法中的步骤的指令。A terminal, characterized by comprising a processor, a memory, a communication interface, and one or more programs, the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the processor, and The program includes instructions for executing the steps in the method according to any one of claims 1-21.
  66. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括处理器、存储器、通信接口,以及一个或多个程序,所述一个或多个程序被存储在所述存储器中,并且被配置由所述处理器执行,所述程序包括用于执行如权利要求22-30任一项所述的方法中的步骤的指令。A network device, characterized by comprising a processor, a memory, a communication interface, and one or more programs, the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the processor, The program includes instructions for performing the steps in the method according to any one of claims 22-30.
  67. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求1-22或23-32中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized by comprising: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes the method described in any one of claims 1-22 or 23-32 method.
  68. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,其存储用于电子数据交换的计算机程序,其中,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1-22或23-32中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that it stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program causes a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-22 or 23-32 .
  69. 一种计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1-22或23-32中任一项所述的方法。A computer program that causes a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-22 or 23-32.
PCT/CN2020/075152 2020-02-13 2020-02-13 Information transmission method and related apparatus WO2021159419A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202080028294.2A CN113678558B (en) 2020-02-13 2020-02-13 Information transmission method and related device
PCT/CN2020/075152 WO2021159419A1 (en) 2020-02-13 2020-02-13 Information transmission method and related apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/075152 WO2021159419A1 (en) 2020-02-13 2020-02-13 Information transmission method and related apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021159419A1 true WO2021159419A1 (en) 2021-08-19

Family

ID=77291955

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/075152 WO2021159419A1 (en) 2020-02-13 2020-02-13 Information transmission method and related apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113678558B (en)
WO (1) WO2021159419A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023102848A1 (en) * 2021-12-09 2023-06-15 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method and terminal device
WO2023123178A1 (en) * 2021-12-30 2023-07-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Method for transmitting uplink signal, terminal device, network device, and storage medium

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023206224A1 (en) * 2022-04-28 2023-11-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Transmissions for overlapping physical uplink control channels and physical uplink shared channels
WO2023216129A1 (en) * 2022-05-11 2023-11-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Uplink control information message multiplexing on physical uplink shared channel resources across different transmission reception points

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110536464A (en) * 2019-08-14 2019-12-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of transmission method, device, communication node and medium
GB2575691A (en) * 2018-07-20 2020-01-22 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Improvements in and relating to beam management in a telecommunication system

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110351007B (en) * 2018-04-04 2021-09-07 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for sending and receiving uplink control information
KR102225952B1 (en) * 2018-04-05 2021-03-10 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for receiving and transmitting wireless signals in wireless communication system
CN110535608B (en) * 2019-07-31 2024-06-21 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Uplink transmission resource determining method, device and system

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2575691A (en) * 2018-07-20 2020-01-22 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Improvements in and relating to beam management in a telecommunication system
CN110536464A (en) * 2019-08-14 2019-12-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of transmission method, device, communication node and medium

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
OPPO: "Enhancements on multi-TRP and multi-panel transmission", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1906287, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Reno, USA; 20190513 - 20190517, 13 May 2019 (2019-05-13), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051727739 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023102848A1 (en) * 2021-12-09 2023-06-15 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method and terminal device
WO2023123178A1 (en) * 2021-12-30 2023-07-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Method for transmitting uplink signal, terminal device, network device, and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113678558B (en) 2023-08-15
CN113678558A (en) 2021-11-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11128416B2 (en) Feedback information transmission method and apparatus
WO2021155608A1 (en) Information transmission method and related apparatus
US10277363B2 (en) Hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement transmission method, user equipment, and base station
WO2021159419A1 (en) Information transmission method and related apparatus
CN110932820B (en) Method for transmitting and receiving uplink control information and communication device
WO2021204208A1 (en) Determination method for channel state information csi report, and communication device
WO2020168577A1 (en) Method for transmitting uplink feedback information, terminal device, and network device
EP3852465B1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
US11431462B2 (en) Indication method, network device, and user equipment
WO2020248101A1 (en) Csi reporting method and terminal device
WO2020191559A1 (en) Data channel transmission method and terminal device
US20210022160A1 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
WO2021017765A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2021056135A1 (en) Method for transmitting uplink control information and terminal device
JP2023519460A (en) Information reception method, transmission method, device and equipment
JP2023542690A (en) User equipment and method for user equipment
WO2022237611A1 (en) Information confirmation method and apparatus, and communication device
US20240196427A1 (en) Channel multiplexing method and apparatus, and communication device
CN115333699B (en) Channel processing method, device and storage medium
WO2021088361A1 (en) Method for determining uplink control information (uci) domain and related apparatus
WO2024093891A1 (en) Conflict processing method and apparatus, terminal, and network device
WO2023155729A1 (en) Information processing method and apparatus and readable storage medium
WO2021159850A1 (en) Wireless communication methods, user equipment and network device
WO2021087926A1 (en) Uplink signal sending and receiving method and apparatus
CN116489790A (en) UCI transmission method, terminal, network equipment, device and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20918819

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20918819

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1